What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 … · What's New PUBLIC Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-08-07...

What's New PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-08-07

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708

Content

1 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121.1 New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121.2 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13

Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13General Ledger Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16Asset Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24Consolidation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31Revenue and Cost Accounting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35

1.3 Treasury and Financial Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .36Cash and Liquidity Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36Treasury and Risk Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

1.4 Receivables Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .46Configuration for Credit Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47Customer Accounting Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48My Dunning Proposals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48Days Sales Outstanding - Detailed Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Display Customer List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49Display Process Flow - Accounts Receivable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50Display Item Change Log - Customer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .51Manage Payment Advices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51Assign Open Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52Reset Cleared Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53

1.5 Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Business Catalogs for Accounts Payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54Manage Payment Formats. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55Monitor Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Days Payable Outstanding - Detailed Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56Display Item Change Log - Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Display Process Flow - Accounts Payable. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .57Process Free Form Payments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Supplier Accounting Document. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58Create Positive Pay Files. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59Reset Cleared Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

1.6 Settlement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61

2 P U B L I CWhat's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708

Content

Settlement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61Extensibility - Custom Fields for Condition Contract. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62

1.7 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63International Trade. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63

1.8 Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .69Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69Derivation Of Organizational Units And Segments When Importing Financial Plan Data. . . . . . . . . . . 72Project Profitability Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73

1.9 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73Debt and Investment Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76Inventory Valuation for Year-End Closing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78Direct Debit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79Advanced Cash Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80Basic Cash Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Intercompany Stock Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82Accounts Receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83Invoice Processing by OpenText . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85Advanced Credit Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88Accounting and Financial Close . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89Interest Rate Derivatives Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .90Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Treasury and Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .92Foreign Currency Risk Management - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .93Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Cash Journal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95Digital Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97Foreign Currency Risk Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98Customer Payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99Asset Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100Accounts Payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101Debt and Investment Management - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .102Machine Learning - SAP Cash Application Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103Basic Bank Account Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Content P U B L I C 3

Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .105Bill of Exchange . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

1.10 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

2 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082.1 App Extensibility: Monitor Material Coverage – Net Segments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1082.2 Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108

Manage Buffer Levels. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Monitor Demand-Driven Replenishment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109Schedule Product Classification (DD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Mass Maintenance of Products (DD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110Schedule Lead Time Classification of Products (DD). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111Schedule Buffer Proposal Calculation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111

2.3 Quality Management and Compliance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Definition of Authorization Restrictions for QM Master Data Business Catalogs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112Results History. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113APIs for Defect Processing Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113APIs for Quality Inspection Process Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114Manage Usage Decisions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115Manage Defects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .116Quality Engineer Overview. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116App Extensibility in Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117Deletion of Personal Data in Quality Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124

2.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Predictive Analytics for Stock in Transit in Warehouse Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126Make-to-Order Production - Semifinished Goods Planning and Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .127Integration of Manufacturing Execution System to Production Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128

2.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .128

3 Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1293.1 Manage Your Test Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1293.2 Customer Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130

Plan Customer Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130Set Forecast Month. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131Plan Internal Projects. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132

3.3 Resource Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Business Catalogs for Resource Management Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133Transfer of Staffing Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134Assignment Board. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .136Manage Assignments. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136Manage Resource Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .137Manage Project Staffing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139


Content

Status Management for Resource Requests. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1403.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141

Internal Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141Customer Project Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143Resource Management - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146


4 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1484.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .148

Sales Master Data Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148Sales Order Management and Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149Billing and Invoicing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157Sales Monitoring and Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159Process Extensibility for Sales and Billing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164Extensibility in Pricing for Sales and Billing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .165

4.2 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166Extended Intercompany Processes for Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166External Billing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167Accelerated Customer Returns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Sales Rebate Processing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168Convergent Billing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169Planning Apps for Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .170Integration with SAP Hybris Cloud for Customer - Opportunity-to-Order . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .171Electronic Payment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173Sell from Stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173


5 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1765.1 Sourcing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176

Compare Supplier Quotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .176Manage RFQs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177Manage Supplier Quotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .177Workflow for Supplier Quotations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178OData Service for RFQ API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179OData Service for Supplier Quotations API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .179Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .180Mass Changes to Scheduling Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181Manage Scheduling Agreements. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181App Extensibility: Manage Purchasing Info Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182


5.2 Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Mass Changes to Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183Manage Purchase Contracts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184

5.3 Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Pricing Configuration for Purchasing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185Create Purchase Requisition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186My Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Monitor Supplier Confirmations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187Monitor Purchase Order Items. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Redistribute Workload. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188Manage Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .190Default Settings for User. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190Schedule Import of Catalog Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .191Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192

5.4 Invoice Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192Supplier Invoice Items by Account Assignment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193Supplier Invoices List. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Manage Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .193Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194Upload Supplier Invoices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195

5.5 Supplier and Category Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195OData Service for Procurement-Related Activities API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196OData Service for Procurement-Related Tasks. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196OData Service for Evaluation Responses API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 197OData Service for Purchasing Category API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198Blocking Suppliers in Supplier and Category Management Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 198

5.6 Spend Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1995.7 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200

Scheduling Agreements in Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 200Procurement of Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201Procurement of Direct Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 202Consumable Purchasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 203Purchase Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 204Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .205SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 207Request for Price . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 208Requisitioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209Central Processing of Purchase Requisitions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210


Content

5.8 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2115.9 App Extensibility for Classic Applications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211

Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2115.10 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2125.11 Extensibility for the Adobe Output Forms of Purchasing Documents. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212

6 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2146.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .214

OData API for Physical Inventory (Read, Create, Enter Count, and Post) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 214OData Service for Material Stock API. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .215Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215Manage Stock. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Slow or Non-Moving Materials. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 216Stock Overdues - Stock in Transit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Overview Inventory Processing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217Post Goods Receipt for Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 218Overview Inventory Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Create Outbound Deliveries – From Sales Orders. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 219Analyze Delivery Logs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 220Manage Outbound Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 221Pick Outbound Delivery. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222OData Service for Reading, Creating, Updating, and Deleting Outbound Deliveries. . . . . . . . . . . . . 222

6.2 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Quality Management in Procurement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 223Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 224Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 225Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227Stock Transfer with Delivery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Inventory and Warehouse Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 231Quality Management in Sales . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .231

6.3 Response and Supply Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232Basic Order Promising/ATP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232

6.4 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2356.5 Extensibility in Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235

7 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2367.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .236

Project Financial Control. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 236Project Monitoring. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237


7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Handover to Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 240Characteristic Filtering for Classification. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241Maintain Configurable Bills of Material (BOMs). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242API for BOM Comparison. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .242Simulate Configuration Models. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 243

7.3 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Ingredient Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 244Recipe Formulation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245Recipe Finder. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Handover to Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246Configurations in Recipe Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247APIs for Recipe Development. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

7.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Handover of Engineering Bill of Material to Manufacturing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249Project Financial Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250Project Review in Steering Committee Meetings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 251Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 252Set up Configurable Bill of Material using Variant Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 253Formulation - Recipe Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 254Recipe Handover to Production - Bill of Material . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 255Specification Management for Recipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .256

7.5 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .257

8 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2588.1 Core HR and Payroll. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2588.2 Time and Attendance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258

Team Utilization. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 258Timesheet on Behalf. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259Manage My Timesheet. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 259

8.3 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Business Event Handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260Manage Documents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 261Time Recording - Project-Based Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 262

8.4 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 263

9 Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2649.1 Maintenance Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 264

Report and Repair Malfunction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .264Mass Schedule Maintenance Plans. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 265Schedule Material Availability Check. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .266Technical Object Breakdowns. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 266


Content

Finding Technical Objects and Maintenance Execution. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 267Simplified Management of EAM Functions 7. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 268

9.2 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271Service Contract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .271Preventive Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 272Corrective Maintenance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 273Lease-In Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 274Lease-Out Accounting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .275Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 276

10 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27810.1 Master Data Replication. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27810.2 Business Network Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27810.3 SAP Ariba Invoice Management: Posting of Non-PO Invoices to Assets. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27810.4 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279

Mass Maintenance for Business Partner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279Mass Maintenance for Product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 280

11 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28111.1 Product Master. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281

Create Alternate UoM for Product. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281CoPilot: Product Quick View. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .282

11.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282Payment Hub Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .283Compressed Create . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283OData for Business Partner. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284Search Terms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285

11.3 Mass Maintenance of Master Data. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28511.4 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .286

Create Tile. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286Configure Drill-Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Publish Report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287Configure Report Drill-Down. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288View Browser. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289Date Function. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .290Create Tile for SAP Analytics Cloud Stories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291

11.5 SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Output Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292Engineering Change Management with Change Records . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293Key User Extensibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Contact Person . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .295Integration to SAP Global Trade Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295


Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Document Transfer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Bill of Materials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .298Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299Integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP BusinessObjects Cloud . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .299Responsibility Determination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 301

11.6 Custom CDS Views. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30211.7 Custom Analytical Queries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30311.8 Custom Fields and Logic. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30411.9 Extensibility Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30511.10 Business Role Templates. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30611.11 Extensibility. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 306

Extensibility Cockpit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30611.12 Responsibility Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 307

Manage Teams and Responsibilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30711.13 Business Event Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 308

APIs for Business Event Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30811.14 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309

Run Advanced Compliance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 309Define Advanced Compliance Reports. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 311

11.15 Legal Content Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31211.16 Personalized Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31311.17 Application Jobs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31411.18 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 314

12 Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31512.1 China. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 315

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31512.2 France. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 317

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31712.3 Hungary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31812.4 Ireland. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32012.5 Italy. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 322

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32212.6 Japan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32612.7 Netherlands. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 330

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33012.8 New Zealand. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331


Content

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 331

12.9 Philippines. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 332

12.10 Spain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 333

12.11 Sweden. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .337

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 338

12.12 Taiwan. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 339

12.13 United Kingdom. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340

12.14 United States. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .341

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 341

13 Previous Cloud Editions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

13.1 SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343

SAP Best Practices Content. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .343

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424

Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 434

Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 443

Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .447

Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 448

Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 450

Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 467

13.2 SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 488

Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .558

Professional Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 563

Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 577

Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .581

Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590

Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591

Country Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 610


1 Finance

1.1 New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps

Finance analytical apps with the Web Dynpro application type are also available as Design Studio apps. These Design Studio apps have a new look and feel.

Technical Details

Table 1:

Product Feature is Changed

Country Dependency Valid for all countries

Application Component FI (Finance)

Availability SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708

Effects on Existing Data

If the tile for an affected analytical app was available on a user's SAP Fiori Launchpad in a previous release and the user opens the app as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708, the app opens with the new Design Studio look and feel. The Web Dynpro version of the app is still available and can be added to the SAP Fiori Launchpad using the App Finder.

Please note the following differences in Design Studio apps:

● When you open a Design Studio app, you are prompted to enter criteria for filtering the data. These filter criteria are not automatically displayed in the Filter Bar.

To see the filter criteria, open the Settings dialog by clicking . Then click Information.● In the new Design Studio version of the apps, you have to re-create your filter variants. Use the Web Dynpro

version of the apps to find your variants for reference.● If you need a screen reader, please use it with the Web Dynpro version of the app for the best results. The

accessible tile has the same name as the Design Studio tile, but, on the SAP Fiori Launchpad, the word "Accessible" is included in the lower right corner.


Finance

Effects on System Administration

The change in application type does not affect the set up of your business catalogs or business roles. Users who had access to the analytical apps before this release will also have the same access with the new Design Studio versions.

See Also

● To see which application type an app has, go to the SAP Fiori apps reference library.

● For more information about how Design Studio apps works, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics Using Analytical Reports .

1.2 Accounting and Financial Close

1.2.1 Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close

Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Accounting and Financial Close require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Table 2:



Application Component FI



Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Finance P U B L I C 13

https://fioriappslibrary.hana.ondemand.com/sap/fix/externalViewer/

NoteYou can also see which business catalogs have changed in the Business Catalogs app.

General Ledger Accounting

Table 3: G/L Accounting Business Catalogs

Business Catalog Changes with This Release Restriction Types

General Ledger - Tax Declaration (SAP_BCR_FIN_GL_TX_DCL_PC)

A new authorization object has been created for controlling the use of the Create Advance Return on Sales/Purchase Tax app. You must make settings for these additional restriction types.

● Authorization Groups for Changes to Customer Accounts (BEGRU_BKPF_BED)

● Authorization Groups for Changes to Supplier Accounts (BEGRU_BKPF_BEK)

● General Ledger Accounting - Planning (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PLN_PC)

● General Ledger - Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_REPORTING_PC)

To ensure that users with the General Ledger Accountant (SAP_BR_GL_ACCOUNTANT) business role have correct access to data in reporting, you must ensure that the following restriction types have been correctly maintained.

Check all of the new restriction types.

General Ledger - Cash Journal Entries (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_CASHJE_PC)

New business catalog. ● Authorization Groups for Changes to Customer Accounts (BEGRU_BKPF_BED)


● Authorization Groups for Cash Journal (BEGRU_FBCJ)

● Company Code (BUKRS)

● Account Type (KOART)

● Segment for Segmental Reporting/Record Type (SEGMENT_GLRRCTY)

● General Ledger - Park Journal Entries (SAP_BCR_FIN_GL_PARKDCPRE_PC

● General Ledger - Post Parked Journal Entries (SAP_BCR_FIN_GL_PARKDCPST_PC)

A new transaction for displaying invoices has been added to the business catalog. You must make a setting for the new restriction type introduced by the authorization object related to the new transaction.

Plant (WERKS)


Finance


General Ledger Accounting – Planning ( SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PLN_PC

New business catalog. Check all of the new restriction types.

General Ledger - Posting Period Management (SAP_FIN_BC_GL_PER_MGMT_PC)

You must make settings for new restriction types that replace the Posting Period Variant (FAGL_OPVAR ) restriction type.

● Authorization Group Maintenance by Posting Period Variant (FAGL_OPVAR_FAGL_BRG )

● Posting Period Variant Configuration (FAGL_OPVAR_FAGL_MPV )

● Posting Period Maintenance by Posting Period Variant (FAGL_OPVAR_FAGL_OPV )

Financials - Accounting Document Display ( SAP_FIN_BC_DSPL_ACDOC_PC )


Asset Accounting

Table 4: Asset Accounting Business Catalogs


Asset Accounting - Operational Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AA_DOC_PROC_PC)

The Post Miscellaneous Transactions app was added. With this app you can post acquistions and retirements not affecting P&L as required for example by German law (Bilanzrichtlinienumsetzungsgesetz).

-

Consoldiation

Table 5: Consolidation Business Catalogs


Consolidation - Maintain Product Fixed Configuration (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_CNFGFXD_PC)

New restriction types have been added. Ledger (GLRLDNR)

Consolidation - Rules Configuration (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_CNFGRLS_PC)

New restriction types have been added. ● Authorization Group (BRGRU)● Company Code (BUKRS)● Ledger (GLRLDNR)



Consolidation - Process (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PROCESS_PC)

New restriction types have been added. ● Authorization Group (BRGRU)● Company Code (BUKRS)● Authorization Object for Consolida

tion Logs (CACTT_CONGR )● Ledger (GLRLDNR)

Consolidation - Master Data Financial Statement Items Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_MDFSITM_PC)

New restriction types have been added. ● Authorization Group (BRGRU)● Ledger (GLRLDNR)

Consolidation - Master Data Organizational Unit Management (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_MDORG_PC)


Consolidation - Data Preparation (SAP_FIN_BC_CCON_PRDTPRE_PC)


See Also

For more information about the business catalogs and their restriction types, read the business catalog description, which can be displayed for each catalog in the Maintain Business Roles app.

For more information about the Maintain Business Roles and Business Catalogs apps, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Identity and Access Management .

1.2.2 General Ledger Accounting

1.2.2.1 Account Determination

With this feature, you can select BI3 (Changed Reconciliation Accounts) as a transaction group. In this way, you define accounts for the automatic transfer postings when the reconciliation accounts are changed. Postings are made to these accounts to sort the open items.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 6:

Technical Name of Product Feature FEAT_197360

Product Feature is New


Application Component FI-FIO-GL


1.2.2.2 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to General Ledger Accounting have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 7:

Feature is New

Application Component FI-GL (General Ledger Accounting)


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Accounting and Financial Close are available:

Cash Journals

● Define Amount Limits. You can set amount limits for new cash journals.● Maintain Business Transactions. You can specify the business transactions for new cash journals.● Set Up Cash Journals. You make other settings for new cash journals.


Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered configuration settings or create new settings. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and


adapting them. Note that the changes that you can make to pre-delivered configuration settings may be limited to ensure data consistency.

See Also

For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .

1.2.2.3 Manage Chart of Accounts

The Display Chart of Accounts app has been renamed to Manage Chart of Accounts. With this app, you can perform various tasks such as viewing G/L accounts in different views, creating accounts, and copying financial statement version assignment to accounts according to reference accounts.

Technical Details

Table 8:





1.2.2.4 Manage Posting Periods

With this feature, you can set posting periods for business transactions in the controlling (CO) area, and view the open status of CO posting periods. The color bars in the posting period variant view differentiate the open status for each period type, green for the normal periods, orange for the adjustment periods, blue for the CO-related periods, and gray for closed periods.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 9:






1.2.2.5 Manage Posting Period Variants

This feature enables you to massively edit, copy, and delete existing items of a posting period variant, and hence quickly manage to open and close posting periods. You can also split an item or merge multiple items of a posting period variant.

Technical Details

Table 10:






Additional Details

Pay attention to the following notes when you edit items of posting period variants.

● A posting period variant must have only one item with account type "+".

● The account range of the item with account type "+" is from 0 to ZZZZZZZZZZ, and the range cannot be changed.

● Don't massively copy or edit items with account type "+" or "V".


1.2.2.6 Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester

With this new feature, you can view journal entires with various status, and you can choose to copy or delete journal entries. You can even go to the journal entry detail page by clicking the journal entry number in the worklist.

Technical Details

Table 11:

Technical Name of Product Feature F2547_S4CE





Additional Details

The following new apps have been available as of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1705:

● Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester● Verify General Journal Entries - For Processor (Inbox)● Verify General Journal Entries - For Processor (Outbox)● Manage Workflows for General Journal Entry Verification

They are intended to replace the following HTML GUI apps:

● Park General Journal Entries (transaction code: FV50)● Change Parked Journal Entries (transaction code: FBV2)● Change Parked Journal Entries - Header (transaction code: FBV4)● Park General Journal Entries - For Ledger Group (transaction code:FV50L)● Post Parked Journal Entry (transaction code: FBV0)

These legacy apps are to be eventually discontinued.

1.2.2.7 Display G/L Account Line Items - Reporting View

In the results list of the Display G/L Account Line Items - Reporting View app, where the G/L account line items are listed, you can now display additional details for a specific line item in two different ways. You show the details such as chart of accounts, amounts in different currencies, details for cost accounting or fixed asset accounting and more by selecting a specific line item and clicking on the Status icon. Alternatively, you can select the row with the respective line item and click on the Line Item Details button.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 12:



Application Component FI-FIO-GL (General Ledger Accounting)



This app together with the Display G/L Account Line Items - Posting View app replaces the Display G/L Account Line Items app which is no longer available in the launchpad.

See Also

Display G/L Account Line Items - Posting View [page 21]

1.2.2.8 Display G/L Account Line Items - Posting View

With this app, you can display general ledger (G/L) account line items in the entry view: open and cleared line items for open-item managed accounts, or all line items of a G/L account. Additionally, you can display noted items (items that remind you of outstanding payments) parked journal entries, that is journal entries that you have created and saved, but that are not posted yet, or all items.

Technical Details

Table 13:






Additional Details

Key features of the app include:

● Selecting line items according to specified time ranges, such as fiscal period, fiscal quarter, fiscal year and many more

● Creating an app variant and saving it● Creating a layout variant of the app, grouping the results list and saving these settings● Display amounts in different currencies● Export the results list to Microsoft Excel● Change the assignment (for sorting documents) and the items texts for line items


This app together with the Display G/L Account Line Items - Reporting View app replaces the Display G/L Account Line Items app which is no longer available in the launchpad.

1.2.2.9 Cash Journals

You can use cash journals to get a comprehensive picture of your daily cash transactions. Individual transactions can be checked at any time in real-time processing by displaying the original journal entries, line items, and transaction figures at various levels.

Technical Details

Table 14:



Application Component FI-GL


Additional Details

Two new apps are available for General Ledger accountants:

● Post Cash Journal Entries


Finance

● Display Cash Journal Entries


Ensure that the restriction types for the new SAP_FIN_BC_GL_CASHJE_PC business catalog have been set up properly and that the catalog is assigned to the role for your General Ledger accountant. For more information about business catalog changes in this release, see Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close [page 13].

Effects on Customizing

Preconfigured content is delivered to get you started with the functions and features for using cash journals. For more information about additional settings needed, see Configuration for General Ledger Accounting [page 17].

See Also

For more information about the new apps, search for Cash Journals in the product assistance on the SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708.

1.2.2.10 Reset Cleared Items

With this app, you can reset the clearing of line items as well as reverse the clearing entry if required. You can use this feature for line items of customer accounts or supplier accounts as well as for line items of G/L accounts that are managed on an open item basis.

Technical Details

Table 15:






http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708


This app replaces the Reset Cleared Items FBRA app. The Reset Cleared Items FBRA app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

See Also

For more information about the Reset Cleared Items app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under Product Assistance English Finance Receivables Management Accounts Receivable Accounting

Clearing of Open Item Reset Cleared Items .

1.2.2.11 Manage Flexible Hierarchies

With this app, you can create and change master data hierarchies for cost center and profit center reporting. You can customize these hierarchies to your personal reporting needs and adapt them to your business requirements. Furthermore, you can extend this app and add fields to include company specific reporting fields in the hierarchy.

Technical Details

Table 16:





1.2.3 Asset Accounting


Finance


1.2.3.1 Additional Fields for Asset Accounting in the Universal Journal Entry

Additional subledgerspecific characteristics for Asset Accounting were included in the universal journal entry. This involves the following characteristics:

● Account Group (KTOGR),● Asset Class (ANLKL) and● Partner asset (PANL1, PANL2)

This opens up new options in reporting and facilitates a better integration and navigation within the new analytical apps.

Technical Details

Table 17:

Product Feature Is New


Application Component Asset Accounting (FI-AA)

Available As Of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708


Inventory data is not changed. The new characteristics are only filled with new asset-relevant journal entries.

1.2.3.2 Schedule Fixed Asset Accounting Jobs

The job template Fill Master Data for Segment Reporting is now available in the Schedule Fixed Asset Accounting Jobs app. By running a schedule job using this template, you can fill the Profit Center and Segment fields in existing asset master data. This is a mandatory activity to post further transactions to existing asset master records and to report on fixed assets consistently by profit center and segment.


Technical Details

Table 18:




Application Component FI-FIO-AA


1.2.3.3 Asset Transactions

In the filter panel of the app, the following changes have been made:

● The Transaction Variant field was replaced by the Key Figure Group field.The Key Figure Group search criterion enables you to select specific types of asset transactions, such as acquisitions, retirements, or transfers. The result set of your report is restricted based on the key figure group you’ve selected.

● The Currency Type field was renamed Display Currency.The Display Currency search criterion enables you to display amounts in currency types other than the local currency. Depending on your configuration settings, additional currency types, such as group currency, can be chosen so that amounts for different company codes can be reported using a common currency.

● If you’ve set a default company code in your user settings, the other mandatory parameters are defaulted automatically. The default values are based on the following rule:

Table 19:

Parameter Default

Key Figure Group TRANS_ALL (All Transactions)

Ledger Leading ledger

Depreciation Area Realtime posting area assigned to the leading ledger

Fiscal Year Last open fiscal year for the chosen company code

Display Currency Currency configured as local currency in company code


Finance

Technical Details

Table 20:






1.2.3.4 Depreciation Lists




Table 21:

Parameter Default

Depreciation Variant Ordinary Depreciation


To-Period Last operative period in fiscal year




Technical Details

Table 22:







1.2.3.5 Asset Balances

This app now include an extended set of characteristics, such as master data attributes and depreciation parameters.

Technical Details

Table 23:






See Also

● More changes have been delivered for this app with this release. Please also see New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps [page 12].

1.2.3.6 Asset History Sheet



Finance

Technical Details

Table 24:






See Also


1.2.3.7 Asset History Sheet with Data in Accordance with the German Accounting Directive Implementation Act ((Bilanzrichtlinie-Umsetzungsgesetz, BilRUG)

In Asset Accounting, you can now post in accordance with the German Accounting Directive Implementation Act and report in the asset history sheet: You can display changes in depreciation in their full amount in the context of acquisitions and retirements; the same applies to transfer postings during the fiscal year.

The new analytical app Asset History Sheet and the corresponding key figure groups provided have been enhanced in such a way that the acquisition costs (APC) and depreciation value adjustments are displayed separately automatically.

Technical Details

Table 25:


Country Dependency Valid for Germany;

However, new product feature can be used internationally




Additional Details

You can use the app Other Transactions to enter acquisitions and retirements not affecting profit/loss; this is necessary for mergers and takeovers.


None.

Effects on Data Transfer

For a legacy data transfer, you may have to use different transaction types if the transfer occurs during the year. This is not necessary if the transfer takes place at the end of the fiscal year.


New transaction types support you with making the correct entry for acquisitions and retirements not affecting profit/loss in the context of mergers and takeovers.

1.2.3.8 Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets

In the asset master record, you can enter the profit center and segment. In addition, the profit center and the corresponding segment are derived automatically if a cost center or internal order is entered in the asset master record. This enables you to consistently create asset reports at the profit center or segment level.

Technical Details

Table 26:



Finance


Application Component FI-AA



For the profit center and the segment to be derived consistently and for postings to be made correctly on this basis, the following prerequisites must be fulfilled:

● If there is only a cost center in the asset master record, the profit center is derived from it.● If there is a simultaneous assignment, both of a cost center and an internal order and any other CO object in

the asset master record, it must be possible to uniquely derive one profit center.

Any segment stored is derived from the profit center.

If a reorganization of a capitalized asset master record causes a change in the profit center and segment information, the corresponding asset balances, such as acquisition and production costs and cumulative depreciation, are automatically transferred to the new profit center and segment.

Required Activities

To derive the profit center or segment for previously existing fixed assets, schedule a productive run in the Schedule Fixed Asset Accounting Jobs application using the Fill Master Data for Segment Reporting template.

NoteYou only need to resolve conflicts manually in case of missing or conflicting time-dependent assignments, for example if no cost center is assigned or if an internal order or cost center with different profit center information is assigned to the same asset master record.

1.2.4 Consolidation

1.2.4.1 Rule-Based Reporting

With Consolidation, you can now define your own reporting rules by grouping financial statement items in your custom consolidation chart of accounts hierarchy. In this way, the consolidation reporting package becomes more comprehensive.


Technical Details

Table 27:



Application Component FIN-CS (Consolidation)


Additional Details

With the reporting rules defined based on your business requirements, more flexible consolidation reports can be derived, for example, cash flow statement, income statements by cost of sales, and interunit reconciliation.

The following table lists the consolidation reports that are introduced with this release.

Table 28:

Rule-Based Reports Report Name

Rule-based Reports Transaction Type as Subitem Category

● Statement of Comprehensive Income● Cash Flow Statement● Statement of Changes in Equity

Function Area as Subitem Category

● Consolidated Income Statement Year Comparison - Cost of Sales● Income Statement Consolidated by Subgroups - Cost of Sales● Income Statements by Consolidation Units - Cost of Sales

Using Additional Reporting Items

● Interunit Reconciliation - Group View● Interunit Reconciliation - Subsidiary View

Income Statements ● Income Statements by Consolidation Units● Income Statement Consolidated by Functional Areas● Income Statement Consolidated by Subgroups● Consolidated Income Statement Year Comparison

Balance Sheets ● Balance Sheet by Consolidation Units● Balance Sheet Consolidated by Movements● Balance Sheet Consolidated by Subgroups● Consolidated Balance Sheet Year Comparison

Analysis Reports ● Currency Translation Reserve Analysis● Currency Translation Difference Analysis


Finance

In addition, the following analytical apps are delivered as Web Dynpro apps with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1705, and are now available as both Web Dynpro apps and Design Studio apps. These Design Studio apps have a new look and feel. See also New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps [page 12].

● Database List● Database List - Reporting Logic● Consolidated Balance Sheet● Consolidated Income Statement● Consolidated Income Statement - Cost of Sales

See Also

For more information, see Consolidation Reports at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under Product Assistance English [your edition] Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation .

1.2.4.2 New Monitor Tasks

A new task Release Universal Journals is now included in the Data Monitor app, replacing the former data submission/lock process and related Fiori apps. With this task, you can release reported financial data that resides in the S/4HANA system for post-processing and consolidation.

A new task Integration of Transaction Data into Consolidation Group is added to the Consolidation Monitor app, so that transaction data read from a database can have the reporting logic applied before transferring to group-close reporting.

Technical Details

Table 29:





See Also

For more information, see Consolidation Process under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 -> Product Assistance English [your edition] Finance Accounting and Financial Close Consolidation .


1.2.4.3 Configuration for Consolidation

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Consolidation have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 30:

Feature is New



Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Consolidation are available:

● Define Reclassification Methods. You can define methods that are used to reclassify the values on certain trigger data in automatic postings, from source to target accounts.

● Define Consolidation Ledgers. You define currencies and valuation options for ledgers.● Specify Selected FS Items. You can specify certain financial statement (FS) items for automatic posting to

clear imbalances and deferred taxes.● Define Consolidation Chart of Accounts Hierarchy. You maintain FS items, item hierarchies, and their master

data within consolidation chart of accounts.● Define Subitem Categories and Subitems. You can define subassignments for FS items for categorization

purposes.● Define Consolidation Cycle. You can define a consolidation cycle and specify its frequency for multi-period

consolidation.● Assign Consolidation Cycle to Version. You assign defined consolidation cycles to versions and specify the

effective year/period.

These self-service configuration apps are grouped in the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application area.


Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered configuration settings or create new settings. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and adapting them. Note that the changes that you can make to pre-delivered configuration settings may be limited to ensure data consistency.


Finance

See Also


1.2.5 Revenue and Cost Accounting

1.2.5.1 Target Revenue

This feature enables detailed margin reporting for fixedprice projects. For example, you can see margin by individual employee. The reported revenues are calculated by simulating T&E billing. The simulated revenues are posted to a target revenue account.

Technical Details

Table 31:



Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR


Additional Details

Target revenue can only be calculated for SAP CPM (Commercial Project Management) projects.

Calculation of target revenue for fixedprice projects is activated through the recognition key. A recognition key can only be assigned to a project before any actual postings have been made. Hence it is not possible to calculate target revenue for postings that existed before the recognition key was assigned.

Postings

Both line items for the target revenue are posted to the same G/L account, so the balance posted to the account is zero.


The line items are assigned to different profit centers:

● The target revenue is assigned to the employee’s profit center.● The offsetting posting is assigned to the project profit center.

The fixedprice revenue is assigned to the project profit center.

NoteFor performance reasons, target revenue is only calculated in event-based processing, not in period-end closing. Therefore, error messages from event-based processing have to be resolved and cannot be deleted, otherwise target revenue postings would be missing.

However, if you aren't using target revenue, you can decide whether to process period-end closing separately by journal entry or whether it is sufficient to post the revenue as a total. If the revenue is posted as a total, the error messages from event-based processing can be deleted.

1.3 Treasury and Financial Risk Management

1.3.1 Cash and Liquidity Management

1.3.1.1 Cash Flow Analyzer

With the Working Day Shift function, you can now shift the amounts in non-working days to the next or previous working days.

With the Period Ending function, you can get an end-of-period report.

● If you choose By Calendar, the period end falls to the calendar end of the period, such as month end, and year end.

● If you choose By Interval, the period end falls to the end of the interval in a time period.

Technical Details

Table 32:



Finance


Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM


1.3.1.2 Payment Order Integration

With the Payment Order integration, you can now get an updated forecasted cash flows whenever payment data is updated using the house banks specified in the payment order details. This new feature is now available in cash management apps, for example:

● Cash Flow Analyzer● Check Cash Flow Items

Technical Details

Table 33:





1.3.1.3 Promise to Pay Integration

With the Promise to Pay (Collections Management) integration, you can now get an updated forecasted cash flows whenever there's the creation of promise to pay document on customer invoice and the updates of its follow-up activity.

This new feature is now available in cash management apps, for example:



Technical Details

Table 34:





1.3.1.4 Bank Account in Memo Record

With this function, you can use bank accounts to create and display memo records manually. You can also use the offsetting bank accounts for deposits when cash is invested and cash transfers when cash is concentrated.

This new feature is now available in the following apps:

● Create Memo Record● Display Memo Records

Technical Details

Table 35:






The Account Name field has been replaced by the Bank Account field.

The Offsetting Account field has been replaced by the Offsetting Bank Account field.


Finance

1.3.1.5 Making Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statements

Technical Details

Table 36:



Application Component FI-BL (Bank Accounting)


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration app for Cash and Liquidity Management is available:

● Making Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statements . You can make settings for electronic bank statements.

This self-service configuration app is in the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application area.



See Also



1.3.1.6 Manage Bank Accounts (SAP S/4HANA Cloud Edition)

With this release, the following features have changed for this app:

● Settings for bank statements have been added to bank account master data.● A new field for financial object numbers has been added and allows for integration with Treasury and Risk

Management.The system automatically generates a financial object number for each bank account.

● A new field for transaction type is available for processing this account's electronic bank statements.● You can delete inactive bank accounts and bank account drafts from the account list using the new Delete

button.Note that bank accounts that are in workflow processes cannot be deleted.

● You can use the Show Changes button to see what has been changed in the dual control mode or in the workflow mode to decide whether to approve the change request.

● This app no longer supports defining cash pools or performing cash concentration.

Technical Details

Table 37:



Application Component FIN-FSCM-CLM-BAM


Additional Details

● Settings for Bank Statement MonitorYou can now make settings directly in this app for the bank accounts that you want to view using the Bank Statement Monitor app. You can define whether a bank account is to be monitored, how often the bank statements are to be imported to your system, and other settings for monitoring your bank statements.You can find the relevant fields on the Bank Relationship tab, in the Bank Statement Data section.

● Financial objectYou can find this field on the General Data tab, in the Account Details section.Financial objects are created automatically when creating financial data, but you must first enable this by activating automatic financial object integration.

● Transaction typeYou can find the relevant fields on the Bank Relationship tab, in the Bank Statement Data section.


Finance


With this release, the following existing data is impacted:

● Cash pools that were defined before this release can no longer be used.● The configuration app Bank Statement Monitor has been deleted.

To continue using the analytical app Bank Statement Monitor, maintain the settings for relevant bank accounts in the Manage Bank Accounts app.

1.3.1.7 Manage Workflows for Bank Account Management (S4CE)

With this feature you can do the following:

● View the predefined workflow for maintaining bank accounts● Check workflow details, such as status, validity period, and preconditions for starting the workflow● Create new workflows by copying existing ones

You can define workflow processes for bank account management according to your own business requirements by defining preconditions, step sequence, and recipients.

● Activate and deactivate workflows● Define an order for activated workflows

The system evaluates the order and the preconditions of each activated workflow to determine which workflow to trigger for different bank accounts and scenarios.

● Delete an existing workflow that is deactivated

Technical Details

Table 38:






Consider the following if you use workflows for bank account management before upgrading to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708:

● The workflow for creating a new bank account has changed with this release. If necessary, you can use this app to extend the predefined workflow to suit your business requirements.


NoteEditing bank accounts already in workflows is not supported as of this release.

Table 39:

Steps Old Workflow Template New Workflow Template

Step 1 A cash specialist submits a request. A cash specialist submits a request.

Step 2 A cash manager approves or rejects the request.

A cash manager approves or rejects the request.

The workflow ends.

Step 3 The cash specialist enters data received from the bank, for example bank account number and IBAN.

Not applicable

Step 4 A key user maintains necessary settings for the bank account, for example the connectivity path.

The workflow ends.

Not applicable

● Workflow for reviewing bank accounts:If you need a workflow for reviewing bank accounts, you can create one by following the steps in the Test Script document at https://rapid.sap.com/bp/scopeitems/J77 .

1.3.1.8 My Inbox for Bank Account Management (S4CE)


● Check your workflow tasks for the following scenarios:○ Opening a bank account○ Modifying a bank account○ Maintaining a signatory in multiple bank accounts○ Reviewing bank accounts○ Closing a bank account○ Reopening a bank account

● Approve, reject, claim, release, suspend, or forward a request● Add attachments and comments● Get notifications of workflow requests:

○ Launchpad notifications: You receive a notification on the top right corner of your SAP Fiori launchpad when you receive a workflow request that is waiting for your action, such as approving bank account changes or reviewing bank accounts.

○ Email notifications: You receive an email notification when a workflow request that you initiated is completed. For example, you are notified when requests are approved or rejected.


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://rapid.sap.com/bp/scopeitems/J77

Technical Details

Table 40:






This app replaces the My Bank Account Worklist app, which will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

If you have workflow requests that are not yet completed before the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708, you can still check and complete the requests using the My Bank Account Worklist app.

1.3.1.9 My Sent Requests (SAP S/4HANA Cloud UI5 Edition)

You can now use the app to do the following:

● Track the workflow requests that you have created for the following scenarios:○ Opening a bank account○ Modifying a bank account○ Maintaining a signatory in multiple bank accounts○ Reviewing bank accounts○ Closing a bank account○ Reopening a bank account

● Check your requests in terms of request status, next processor, bank account details, and so on.

Technical Details

Table 41:







There are two tiles available:

● My Sent Requests – To Be Discontinued○ This tile was originally named My Sent Request – For Bank Accounts.○ The app offers Web Dynpro user interfaces.○ Starting from this release, this app can only be used to track bank account change requests that were

initiated before the upgrade to SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708. The app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

○ Change request statuses include: To Be Approved, To Be Completed, Rejected, and Completed.● My Sent Requests – For Bank Accounts:

○ This is the new tile on SAP Fiori UI5 user interfaces.○ You can use this tile to access all of your bank account change requests created after the upgrade to SAP

S/4HANA 1708.○ Change request statuses include: In Process, Approved, Rejected.

1.3.2 Treasury and Risk Management

1.3.2.1 TRM, Debt and Investment Management (E2E)

With this feature, you can portray the process for managing your liabilities and capital investments using the following financial instruments:

● Deposits at notice● Commercial papers● Cash flow transactions● Interest rate instruments (for example, fixedterm deposits)● Bilateral facilities● Interest rate swaps● Cross-currency interest rate swaps

The following functional areas are covered: Front Office, Middle Office, Back Office, and Accounting. In addition, integrated posting and payment processes and integrated position reporting are available.

Technical Details

Table 42:



Finance

Application Component FIN-FSCM-TRM


Additional Details

In Finance, a new application type for analytical apps has been introduced: Design Studio.

For more information, see New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps [page 12].

NoteFor the Treasury Position Analysis, Credit Line Analysis, and Financial Status apps, the Web Dynpro application type is set as a default on the SAP Fiori Launchpad. However, you can add the Design Studio version to the SAP Fiori Launchpad using the App Finder.

See Also

For more information about Debt and Investment Management, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 in the Feature Scope Description and Product Assistance under Finance Treasury and Financial Risk ManagementTreasury and Risk Management .

Under SAP Best Practices, you find the following scope items for the Debt and Investment Management process:

● 1WV Debt and Investment Management (E2E)○ 1S4 Currency Service○ 1XN Market Data Management○ 1X3 Interest Rate Derivatives

1.3.2.2 TRM, Financial Risk Management (E2E)

With this feature, you can deploy robust analytical functions that perform thorough checks for foreign exchange risks and counterparty risks.

You can model a range of scenarios to gain insights into the extent of risks at the time of the analysis.

The system provides support throughout the hedging process, from identifying risks and quantifying and analyzing them through to hedging risks with the following financial instruments:

● FX spot/forward transactions● FX non-deliverable forward transactions● FX swap● FX options



For financial transactions used for hedging, the complete process is covered, from front office, middle office, and back office through to accounting.

Technical Details

Table 43:




Additional Details



NoteFor the Treasury Position Analysis and Financial Status apps, the Web Dynpro application type is set as a default on the SAP Fiori Launchpad. However, you can add the Design Studio version to the SAP Fiori Launchpad using the App Finder.

See Also

For more information about the Financial Risk Management, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 in the Feature Scope Description and Product Assistance under Finance Treasury and Financial Risk ManagementTreasury and Risk Management .

Under SAP Best Practices, you will find the following scope items for the Debt and Investment Management process:

● 1X1 Foreign Currency Risk Management (E2E)○ 1S4 Currency Service○ 1XN Market Data Management

1.4 Receivables Management


Finance


1.4.1 Configuration for Credit Management

With this release, new self-service configuration apps for making settings related to Receivables Management have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 44:


Application Component FIN-FSCM-CR


Additional Details

The following new self-service configuration apps for Credit Management are available:

● Deactivate SAP Credit Management● Define Blocking Reasons




See Also



1.4.2 Customer Accounting Document

This fact sheet is no longer available. Its functionality has been replaced by the Manage Journal Entries app.

Technical Details

Table 45:


Product Feature is Deleted


Application Component FI-FIO-AR


See Also

For more information about the Manage Journal Entries app, see: http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Cloud Editions Enterprise Management Finance Receivables Management Manage Journal Entries

1.4.3 My Dunning Proposals

With this feature you can now send dunning notices by email directly within the app.

Technical Details

Table 46:






Finance




To Email Dunning Notices

The user has to have their own email address maintained to be able to send email.

For the customer's email address, the system checks the following in sequence:

● The Internet Address of Partner Company Clerk field (KNB1-INTAD) in the role FI Customer>Company Code Data>Correspondence

● The standard email address of the Business Partner● The email address listed under Address-Independent Communication.

If those three fields are empty, the mail is sent to the user to be forwarded manually.

1.4.4 Days Sales Outstanding - Detailed Analysis

With this feature you can conduct a detailed analysis of your days sales outstanding (DSO). You can use the predefined analysis steps to view your DSO by company code, due period, and country of customer. You can look at your revenue and overdue receivables over time and focus your analysis by using the filters to drill down.

Technical Details

Table 47:





1.4.5 Display Customer List

This feature enables you to see master data for all your customers in one place, and gives you a simple and efficient way to check that no key data is missing.

For example, if you want to check that all your customers have data entered for dunning procedure, dunning clerk, and dunning level, select those filters in the 'Check Empty Fields' function, and the app will show you any customers for whom that information is missing.


You can also see who in your company to contact regarding a particular customer, and of course SAP CoPilot gives you an efficient channel for this communication.

● All your customer master data displayed in one table, with a wide range of filtering options● Check data is present in multiple fields across all of your customers in one step● Quick access to contact information

Technical Details

Table 48:






Additional Details

Note: the field In-House Contact gives you the name of the person in your company to contact regarding a particular customer, and a pop-up will show that person's Partner Function. As the app is relevant to Accounts Receivable, only data for two default values is displayed:

● Employee Responsible (ER)● Sales Employee (SE)

1.4.6 Display Process Flow - Accounts Receivable

With this feature you can display the relationships between Accounts Receivable (AR) documents, including quotations, sales documents, delivery documents, billing documents, journal entries, and clearing entries.

Technical Details

Table 49:



Finance

Country Dependency Valid for all countrie



1.4.7 Display Item Change Log - Customer

With this feature you can see details of changes made to all journal entries relevant to your role. The app displays changes to all log-enabled fields in the relevant documents, and you can easily see what was changed, by whom, and when.

This gives you demonstrable oversight of all changes made to journal entries within your area, which can be useful in relation to auditing.

● Customer / Supplier items automatically filtered based on your role assignment● See changes to general documents, parked documents, previously parked documents, recurring entry

documents, and sample documents● Use with SAP CoPilot for a quick way to contact colleagues to clarify the reasons for changes to documents

Technical Details

Table 50:




Application Component FI-FIO-AR / FI-FIO-AP


1.4.8 Manage Payment Advices

With this app you can create payment advices manually. You can also view, edit, and delete existing payment advices.

This app enables you to:

● Create new payment advices manually.● View payment advices.● Edit payment advices that were created manually.


● Delete payment advices that are no longer needed.

Technical Details

Table 51:






This app replaces the Create Payment Advices, Change Payment Advices, Display Payment Advices, and Delete Payment Advices apps. The apps Create Payment Advices, Change Payment Advices, Display Payment Advices, and Delete Payment Advices will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

1.4.9 Assign Open Items

With this app you can view open items related to a customer, assign credit items to matching debit items, and clear open items based on this assignment.


● View open items related to a customer.● Find matching credit and debit items and assign them to one another.● Clear assigned items.

Technical Details

Table 52:






Finance

1.4.10 Reset Cleared Items


Technical Details

Table 53:







See Also



1.4.11 Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs

The Schedule Accounts Receivable Jobs app now includes job templates that allow you to schedule and run jobs that send or print recurring correspondence documents, such as open items lists and account statements.



Technical Details

Table 54:





1.5 Invoice Management

1.5.1 Business Catalogs for Accounts Payable

Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Accounts Payable require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Table 55:



Application Component FI-FIO-AP






Finance

Accounts Payable Accountant

Table 56: Business Catalogs for Accounts Payable Accountant


Accounts Payable - Operational Processing (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_DOC_PROC_PC)

A new authorization object has been created for the Manage Payment Blocks app. You must make settings for these additional restriction types.

Account group (Supplier Accounts) (KTOKK)

See Also


1.5.2 Manage Payment Formats

With this release, the configuration app Manage Payment Formats has been added to the Manage Your Solution app. With this feature you can manage and modify the base SAP payment file formats to meet the requirements of your financial institution.

Technical Details

Table 57:





Additional Details

This configuration app is available in the Manage Your Solution app under the Finance application area.




See Also


1.5.3 Monitor Payments

With this feature you can now see any incoming status messages which are sent by the bank regarding individual payments.

Technical Details

Table 58:



Country Dependency Valid for all countries.



1.5.4 Days Payable Outstanding - Detailed Analysis

With this feature you can conduct a detailed analysis of your days payable outstanding (DPO). You can use the predefined analysis steps to view your DPO by company code, supplier, and country of supplier. You can look at those trends over time and focus your analysis by using the filters to drill down.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 59:





1.5.5 Display Item Change Log - Supplier





Technical Details

Table 60:






1.5.6 Display Process Flow - Accounts Payable

With this feature you can display the relationships between Accounts Payable (AP) documents, including purchase orders, goods movements, incoming invoices, journal entries, and clearing entries.


Technical Details

Table 61:





1.5.7 Process Free Form Payments

With this feature you can display a list of payment requests and view the details of individual requests. Depending on your role, you can also release or reverse payment requests. When you release a request, the payment run is initiated and the payment batch is created.

Technical Details

Table 62:





1.5.8 Supplier Accounting Document


Technical Details

Table 63:




Finance




See Also


1.5.9 Create Positive Pay Files

With this app, you can create a file that includes information about all the checks that belong to a paying company code. The data in the file is sorted according to account number and check number.

Technical Details

Table 64:





Additional Details

You must have the authorization to display check information in the specified company code.

About the selection of checks, you have the following options:

● Checks not extractedIf you specify no further selection criteria, all the checks with the specified currency and house bank that are not yet extracted are outputted. Further selections include payment methods, amounts, and void reason codes.



NoteA check is categorized as not yet extracted in the following cases:

○ The check is new in the system.○ The check was extracted in a previous run, but has since been changed, for example voided. The bank

must be informed about the new status of the check.

● Checks from payment runBy specifying a payment run date and an identification, you can limit the number of checks to be selected.

● Checks from an extractIf you want to make a further copy of an extract, enter the extract date and time. If an extract is copied, the database is not updated.

● All checks according to further selection criteriaThe output covers all the checks unless you specify further selection criteria.

If you enter the initial value 00 in the Void reason code field, only valid checks are outputted. A positive payment file is then created. To select all the checks, remove 00 from the field.


Ensure that the restriction types for the new Accounts Payable - Checks (SAP_FIN_BC_AP_CHECK_PC) business catalog have been set up properly and that the catalog is assigned to the role for your accounts payable accountant. For more information about business catalog changes in this release, see Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close [page 13].

1.5.10 Reset Cleared Items


Technical Details

Table 65:






Finance



See Also



1.5.11 Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs

The Schedule Accounts Payable Jobs app now includes job templates that allow you to schedule and run jobs that send or print recurring correspondence documents, such as open items lists and account statements.

Technical Details

Table 66:





1.6 Settlement Management

1.6.1 Settlement Management

With this feature, you can choose how the system determines the taxations for the settlement items. You can either derive the taxation independently from the related business process or you can use the taxation directly from the business volume table.



You can now create condition contracts with contract type Sales Rebate Goods Related or Sales Rebate Goods Related – Mult. Customers in case the taxation should be the same like in the related billing items.

Technical Details

Table 67:



Application Component LO-AB


See Also

Sales Rebate Processing [page 168]

For more information about Settlement Management, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD under Product Assistance Finance Settlement Management .

1.6.2 Extensibility - Custom Fields for Condition Contract

With this feature you can enhance the condition contract header by custom fields.

You can use the app Custom Fields and Logic to enhance the condition contract using the business context WCB_CONDITIONCONTRACT (Condition Contract).

To enhance the condition contract header UI, you can enable the new fields in the SAP GUI Context CONDITIONCONTRACT_HEADER_GUI (Condition Contract GUI Application) and a new tab becomes visible in the condition contract.

Technical Details

Table 68:




Finance

https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD

Application Component LO-GT-CHB


See Also

For more information about Extensibility, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD under Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields

and Logic .

1.7 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

1.7.1 International Trade

1.7.1.1 Integration with SAP Global Trade Services

Integration with SAP Global Trade Services enables you to transfer master data from the S/4HANA Cloud to your SAP Global Trade Service.

Technical Details

Table 69:



Application Component SLL (Global Trade Services / Logistics Services)

Available From SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708


https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD

1.7.1.1.1 Transferring Sales Documents and Deliveries

With S/4HANA 1708, you can transfer sales documents (SD0A)) and deliveries ((SD0B)) from the S/4HANA Cloud to your SAP Global Trade Service System to execute legal controls.

Technical Details

Table 70:





1.7.1.1.2 Scheduling the Transfer of Vendors - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to schedule the transfer of vendors to SAP Global Trade Services.

Technical Details

Table 71:






1.7.1.1.3 Scheduling the Transfer of Customers - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to schedule the transfer of your customers to SAP Global Trade Services.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 72:






1.7.1.1.4 Scheduling the Transfer of Products - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to schedule the transfer of your products to SAP Global Trade Services.

Technical Details

Table 73:






1.7.1.1.5 Scheduling the Transfer of Contact Persons - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to schedule the transfer of your contact persons to SAP Global Trade Services.


Technical Details

Table 74:






1.7.1.1.6 Scheduling the Transfer of Bills of Material - Global Trade Services

You can use this app to schedule the transfer of bills of material to SAP Global Trade Services.

Technical Details

Table 75:






1.7.1.2 Intrastat Declarations

You use Intrastat declarations to record statistics on goods traffic between member states of the European Union.


Finance

Technical Details

Table 76:

Product Feature Is Changed

Country Dependency Valid For

● Belgium● Germany● France● Ireland (new for S/4HANA 1708)● Italy● Luxembourg● The Netherlands● Sweden (new for S/4HANA 1708)● Spain● Hungary● United Kingdom



1.7.1.2.1 Managing Providers of Information

You can no longer enter contact person data for the provider of information in the "Managing Providers of Information" app.

To enter data on a contact person, such as name, address, and e-mail address, you must create a business partner of the Person category and Employee Responsible role (technical name of role SLLSTL).

Afterwards, you must assign the business partner to the provider of information in the Managing Providers of Information app.

NoteDepending on the country of declaration, specific contact person data such as name, address, and e-mail address must be included in countryspecific declaration files and be registered with the authorities.


Technical Details

Table 77:






1.7.1.2.2 Managing Intrastat Declarations

You can create Intrastat declarations in Ireland and Sweden.

Technical Details

Table 78:



Finance





1.8 Financial Planning and Analysis

1.8.1 Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis

Changes to the set of business catalogs delivered for Financial Planning and Analysis require you to recheck business catalogs assigned to your business roles. Ensure that the restriction types included in the business catalogs are set correctly to allow your users to use their business apps as needed.

Technical Details

Table 79:



Application Component CO




Use the Maintain Business Roles app to check the following catalogs and the restriction types.


Overhead Cost Accounting

Table 80: Business Catalogs in Overhead Cost Accounting


● Overhead Cost Accounting - General Posting Activities (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_PER_GPA_PC)

● Overhead Cost Accounting - Cost Center Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REP_CCA_PC)

● Overhead Cost Accounting - Internal Order Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REP_OPA_PC)

● Overhead Cost Accounting - Profit Center Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REP_PCA_PC)

● Overhead Cost Accounting - P and L Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REP_PLR_PC)

● Overhead Cost Accounting - Project Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_OH_REP_PSE_PC)

To ensure that users with the Cost Accountant - Overhead (SAP_BR_OVERHEAD_ACCOUNTANT) business role have correct access to data in reporting, you must ensure that the following restriction types have been correctly maintained.

● Company Code/Category (BUKRS_CATEGORY_P)

● Ledger (GLRLDNR)


● Controlling Area/Cost Center/Cost Element (KOKRS_KOSTL_KSTAR)

● Order Type (AUFART)


Finance

Sales Accounting

Table 81: Business Catalogs in Sales Accounting


● Sales Accounting -Planning (SAP_FIN_BC_SA_PLN_PC)

● Sales Accounting - Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_SA_REP_BSC_PC)

● Sales Accounting - Product Profitability Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_SA_REP_PRD_PC)

● Sales Accounting - Professional Services Reporting (SAP_FIN_BC_SA_REP_PRO_PC)

To ensure that users with the Cost Accountant - Sales (SAP_BR_SALES_ACCOUNTANT) business role have correct access to data in reporting, you must ensure that the following restriction types have been correctly maintained.





● Business Area (GSBER)

● Segment/Record Type (GL_SEGMENT_GLRRCTY)

● Company Organizational Area (COMPANY_ORG_AREA)

● Profit Center (PRCTR)


● Sales Document Type (AUART)

Projects

Table 82: Business Catalogs in Projects


● Project Systems - Project Financial Controlling (SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_CONTRL_MC)

● Project Systems - Project Financial Analytics ( SAP_PS_BC_PROJ_FIN_ANLYTC_MC)

To ensure that users with the Project Financial Controller (SAP_BR_PROJ_FIN_CONTROLLER) business role have correct access to data in reporting, you must ensure that the following restriction types have been correctly maintained.












See Also

For more information about the business catalogs and their restriction types, read the business catalog description, which can be displayed for each business catalog in the Maintain Business Roles app.


1.8.2 Derivation Of Organizational Units And Segments When Importing Financial Plan Data

With this feature, the Import Financial Plan Data app automatically derives the following values when you import a CSV file with plan data:

● Business area (RBUSA), profit center (PRCTR), and company code (RBUKRS)These organizational units are derived from order (AUFNR), sales order (KDAUF), WBS element (PS_POSID), and cost center (RCNTR).

● SegmentThe segment (SEGMENT) is derived from the profit center (PRCTR).

Technical Details

Table 83:



Application Component CO-OM-IS


See Also

For more information about derivations during plan data import, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana. Select your cloud release to display its product page. Open the product assistance in your language. Click Enterprise Business Applications Finance Financial Planning and Analysis SAP Business Planning & Consolidation for S/4HANA Working with SAP BPC for S/4HANA Working with Planning Workbooks Import Financial Plan DataHow to Import Plan Data .


Finance

http://help.sap.com/s4hana

1.8.3 Project Profitability Overview

This overview page offers information from a number of different sources enabling you to comprehensively monitor your project-based services. The information is presented in an easy-to-use form with charts, lists, and tables on a single page. It allows you to focus on important KPIs for revenue, costs, and profitability for your commercial projects:

● Revenue KPIs such as Recognized Revenue● Profitability KPIs such as Top Projects by Margin, Recognized Margin● WIP Reporting based on Contract Assets and Liabilities

You can see your commercial projects by margin at a glance, and easily filter and drill down on various reporting dimensions such as Sales Organization, Profit Center, Product Group, Resource, and many others. For further analysis you can navigate to related reports.

Technical Details

Table 84:



Application Component CO-PA


1.9 SAP Best Practices Content

1.9.1 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management

Use

With this scope item, you can manually enter the relevant market data or import market data from spreadsheet needed for the processes in Treasury and Risk Management.


Technical Details

Table 85:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XN

Scope Item is New



Additional Details

A localized version of this scope item is available for the following countries:

Germany, Great Britain, Switzerland, USA

See also

For more information about this scope item and additional deliverables, refer to the fact sheet .

1.9.2 Debt and Investment Management

Use

With the debt and investment management process, you manage your short-, medium- and long-term loans and investments, from the analysis of financial status to the final accounting postings when the financial transactions mature.

Technical Details

Table 86:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WV

Scope Item is New


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1XN_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm



Additional Details



See also


1.9.3 Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform

Use

With this process, market data is automatically imported from the Currency Service provided by SAP Hybris as a Service on SAP Cloud Platform.

Technical Details

Table 87:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1S4

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1WV_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



Only in scope for SAP Best Practices for SAP S/4HANA Cloud for Professional Services: Brazil

See also


1.9.4 Fieldglass - Invoice Integration with Finance

Use

The scope item now includes the following:

● Replication of WBS elements from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Fieldglass● Support of statement of work creation to invoice process

Technical Details

Table 88:

Technical Name of Scope Item 19W

Scope Item is Changed



See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1S4_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/19W_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

1.9.5 Inventory Valuation for Year-End Closing

Use


● FIFO valuation

Technical Details

Table 89:

Technical Name of Scope Item BEJ




Additional Details


Australia, Belgium, Canada, China, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hong Kong, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Japan, Luxembourg, Malaysia, Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Singapore, South Africa, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, Taiwan, United Arab Emirates, USA

See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BEJ_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.6 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services

Use


● Target revenue for fixed price projects● New overview page for Project Accountant

Technical Details

Table 90:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1IL




Additional Details




See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1IL_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.7 Direct Debit

Use

In this scope item, you utilize the Single Euro Payments Area (SEPA) direct debit to collect payments from your customers in Euro. This scope item is enabled for US and other non-SEPA countries.

Technical Details

Table 91:

Technical Name of Scope Item 19M




Additional Details


Australia, Belgium, Canada, France, Germany, Great Britain, Hungary, Ireland, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands, New Zealand, Philippines, Spain, Switzerland, USA


See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/19M_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.8 Advanced Cash Operations

Use


Cash Flow Analyzer has been enhanced: Integration for payment order and promise to pay, Calendar Data Setting option, Actual Data function

Technical Details

Table 92:

Technical Name of Scope Item J78




Additional Details




See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/J78_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.9 Basic Cash Operations

Use


● Enhancement of Memo Record, for example, copy feature, distribute feature, change planning type● Maintain manual planned items (memo records) directly for bank account instead of setting up cash

management account

Technical Details

Table 93:

Technical Name of Scope Item BFB




Additional Details




See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BFB_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.10 Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Parallel Ledger

Use

The parallel valuation process enables you to post the values calculated in Interest Rate Derivatives according to IFRS9 phase I (Classification and Measurement).

Technical Details

Table 94:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XB

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


1.9.11 Intercompany Stock Transfer

Use

This scope item includes four use cases for stock transfer within one country, between two companies.


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1XB_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 95:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1P9

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


1.9.12 Accounts Receivable

Use


New SAP Fiori apps for the following process steps:

● Display Customer List● Display Process Flow for Accounts Receivable● Manage Payment Advice● Analyze Days Sales Outstanding - Detailed Analysis● Display Item Change Log


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1P9_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 96:






The following changes apply for the configuration apps:

● Define Leading Currency (New)● Define Percentages for Sales Tax Codes (New)● Define Reference Interest Rates (New)

Additional Details




See also



Finance


1.9.13 Invoice Processing by OpenText

Use


In addition to PDF, new file formats supported are TIFF and JPEG

Technical Details

Table 97:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1LE




Additional Details




See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1LE_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

1.9.14 Advanced Credit Management

Use


The credit limit request can now also be created by the Internal Sales Representative. Therefore, a sales employee can directly request a higher credit limit for his potential sale with a customer.

Technical Details

Table 98:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QM






● Deactivate SAP Credit Management (New)● Define Blocking Reasons (New)

Additional Details





Finance

See also


1.9.15 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL

Use



Technical Details

Table 99:





Additional Details





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1QM_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

See also


1.9.16 Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use

This scope item allows the consolidation of plan data. The user can then run a full consolidation process including currency translation, intercompany and investments eliminations and reporting.

Technical Details

Table 100:

Technical Name of Scope Item 28B

Scope Item is New



See also



Finance


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/28B_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

1.9.17 Accounting and Financial Close

Use


● Display G/L account line items - posting view

Technical Details

Table 101:







● Assign Document Classes to Document Types (New)● Assign Number Group to Company Code (New)● Create Receipt Lots and Assign to Business Places (New)● Define Account for Returned Bills of Exchange (New)● Define Amount Limit (New)● Define Available Amounts (New)● Define Bank Subaccounts (New)● Define Sequence for Sorting Line Items by G/L Account Number (New)● Enter Bank Assignment (New)● Group Tax Balances (New)● Group Tax Base Balances (New)● Maintain Business Transactions (New)● Maintain Document Classes (New)● Maintain Number Groups (New)● Maintain Settings for Clearing Documents Without Line Items (New)● Make Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statement (New)● Map Tax Code (New)


● Set Up Cash Journal (New)● Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting (New)● Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account Determination (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)

Additional Details




See also


1.9.18 Interest Rate Derivatives Management

Use

The interest rate derivatives management process helps you manage the interest rate risks that you are exposed to due to debt or investments, from the analysis of financial status to the final accounting postings when the financial transactions mature.

Technical Details

Table 102:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1X3

Scope Item is New



Finance



Additional Details



See also


1.9.19 Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values

Use

This scope item provides users with an example of a process description that they can use to change material prices, mark prices for change, and release prices for material valuation.

Technical Details

Table 103:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZT

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1X3_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also


1.9.20 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Treasury and Risk Management

Use

This scope item provides an overview page for the treasury and risk management related scenarios.

Technical Details

Table 104:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MN

Scope Item is New



See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1ZT_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1MN_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

1.9.21 Foreign Currency Risk Management - Parallel Ledger

Use

The parallel valuation process enables you to post the values calculated in Foreign Currency Risk Management according to IFRS9 phase I (Classification and Measurement).

Technical Details

Table 105:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




1.9.22 Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center

Use

The scope item establishes the integration of SAP CoPilot within SAP S/4HANA and the SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center. It provides the functionality to generate a service ticket from an SAP CoPilot collection and send it to an SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center instance where it is processed by a service agent. Service tickets may include links to SAP S/4HANA business objects.

Technical Details

Table 106:

Technical Name of Scope Item 23D

Scope Item is New



See also


1.9.23 Cash Journal

Use

The FI Cash Journal is a type of subsidiary ledger for Financial Accounting used for managing a company’s cash transactions. It can perform posting to G/L accounts, supplier accounts, and customer accounts.


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/23D_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 107:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1GO

Scope Item is New





Account determination app

Additional Details



See also


1.9.24 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use


● Additional reports: Cash Flow, Statement of Change in Equity● Intercompany reconciliation report


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1GO_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

● Extended group chart of account mapping management using the Manage G/L Accounts SAP Fiori application● Additional reports such as Statement of Income, Statement of Change in Equity, Cash Flow

Technical Details

Table 108:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1SG






● Activation of SAP Digital Payments Add-on (New)● Assign Consolidation Cycle to Version (New)● Central Finance Subsidiary - General Settings (New)● Define Consolidation Cycle (New)● Define Subitem Categories and Subitems (New)● Define Versions (New)● Edit Item Hierarchies of Consolidation Chart of Accounts (New)● Specify Selected Items for Posting (New)

See also



Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1SG_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

1.9.25 Digital Payments

Use


Extended payment capability of payment document generated from original source of SAP S/4HANA SD

Technical Details

Table 109:





Additional Details



See also




1.9.26 Foreign Currency Risk Management

Use

The foreign currency risk management process helps you to better manage and mitigate FX risks arising from your operative business. The foreign currency risk management process helps you to better manage and mitigate FX risks arising from your operative business.

Technical Details

Table 110:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



Finance


1.9.27 Customer Payments

Use


Dispute case creation from Customer Payments

Technical Details

Table 111:





Additional Details



See also




1.9.28 Asset Accounting

Use


● Segment Reporting● BilRuG change (Germany only)

Technical Details

Table 112:





Additional Details




See also



Finance


1.9.29 Accounts Payable

Use


● New process and applications to perform free form payments that are used for urgent payments● New process to handle "One-time-suppliers" for which you can enter the master data and payment

information of the supplier directly before paying the invoice● New feature for "positive pay", which is a bank service used to identify fraudulent checks and presenters● New analytical SAP Fiori apps, such as Days Payable Outstanding - Detailed Analysis, Process Flow for AP

Technical Details

Table 113:







● Define Leading Currency (New)● Define Reference Interest Rates (New)

Additional Details





See also


1.9.30 Debt and Investment Management - Parallel Ledger

Use

The parallel valuation process enables you to post the values calculated in Debt and Investment Management according to IFRS9 phase I (Classification and Measurement).

Technical Details

Table 114:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



Finance



1.9.31 Machine Learning - SAP Cash Application Integration

Use

The integration to SAP Cash Application Solution intends to automate the invoice-matching process and provide the prediction results back to SAP S/4HANA with the help of Machine Learning.

Technical Details

Table 115:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MV






● SAP Cash Application (New)

See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1MV_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

1.9.32 Basic Bank Account Management

Use


● The standard workflow features for receiving and handling bank account requests have been added to the inbox

● Integration of bank account balance with the credit risk analyzer● Bank account master data has been enriched to have more fields by integrating some existing Customizing

related to bank account, including bank statement configurations and CRA connections

Technical Details

Table 116:

Technical Name of Scope Item BFA






● Assign Attributes for Business Partner Groups (New)● Define Business Partner Group (New)● Define Planning Groups (New)● Define Planning Levels (New)● Define Planning Types (New)● Define Portfolio (New)● Maintain Blocked Levels (New)


Finance

Additional Details




See also


1.9.33 Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance

Use

With this scope item, you can integrate your subsidiary running on SAP S/4HANA Cloud to your corporate SAP S/4HANA Central Finance system to centralize financial processes.

Technical Details

Table 117:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1W4

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BFA_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm



Configuration user interfaces for th activation of company codes relevant for replication

See also


1.9.34 Bill of Exchange

Use

This scope item utilizes the payment method bill of exchange for incoming and outgoing payments. As a customer (debtor), you can pay your open invoices with bill of exchange. If you are the supplier (creditor) and receive a bill of exchange, you can either collect the receivables at due date (collection) or cash the outstanding receivables before due date (discounting).

Technical Details

Table 118:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WQ

Scope Item is New



Additional Details


Italy, Japan, Spain


Finance

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1W4_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

See also


1.10 Country Specifics

For countryspecific changes, please see Country Specifics [page 315].


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1WQ_S4CLD1708_EN_JP.htm

2 Manufacturing

2.1 App Extensibility: Monitor Material Coverage – Net Segments

This feature enables you to extend the Monitor Material Coverage – Net Segments app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 119:



Application Component PP


See Also

For more information, look for the section Production Planning for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance Manufacturing .

2.2 Demand-Driven Replenishment


Manufacturing

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=http://help.sap.com/s4hana


2.2.1 Manage Buffer Levels

This feature enables you to ensure products are available when needed by managing the safety stock, reorder point and maximum stock through buffer proposals for optimized Demand-Driven Replenishment.

Technical Details

Table 120:



Application Component PP-DD


2.2.2 Monitor Demand-Driven Replenishment

With this feature you can monitor demand-driven replenishment. Two tiles are available with different views:

● Replenishment Planning by Planning PriorityWith this app you have an overview of the buffer information sorted by the planning priority. Using this information, you can trigger replenishment on time to avoid stock shortages and possible delays in the completion of production or sales orders as a result of insufficient stock.

● Replenishment Execution by On-Hand StatusWith this app you can view today's stock situation for each product and check that sufficient on-hand stock is available for production. Using this information, the planner can try to speed up replenishment by contacting the supplier of a purchase orders or the production supervisor of the component production order, for example.

Technical Details

Table 121:





What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Manufacturing P U B L I C 109

Key Features

Replenishment Planning by Planning Priority

● Define filters to limit the products displayed as necessary.● Save your predefined filter settings as a variant.● Review buffers which are below the reorder point and therefore have a planning priority of yellow or red.● View the proposed quantity to be ordered to refill the buffer to maximum stock and therefore avoid shortages.

Replenishment Execution by On-Hand Status

● Use filters to limit the products displayed as necessary. For example, you may want to see all products with value indicator A.

● Save your predefined filter settings as a variant.● View today's on-hand stock situation.● View the open supply quantity.

2.2.3 Schedule Product Classification (DD)

This feature enables you to classify your products based on their goods issue value, usage across BOMs, and variation in actual demand to help identify whether they are relevant for Demand-Driven Replenishment, and helps define inputs for their buffer settings.

Technical Details

Table 122:





2.2.4 Mass Maintenance of Products (DD)

This feature enables you to display and change master data records relevant to Demand-Driven Replenishment for several products simultaneously and lets you identify and select products that are relevant to Demand-Driven Replenishment.


Manufacturing

Technical Details

Table 123:





2.2.5 Schedule Lead Time Classification of Products (DD)

This feature enables you to classify products relevant to Demand-Driven Replenishment based on their decoupled lead time, and helps define inputs for their buffer settings.

Technical Details

Table 124:





2.2.6 Schedule Buffer Proposal Calculation

This feature enables you to generate buffer (stock) level proposals for products relevant to Demand-Driven Replenishment based on their average daily usage, decoupled lead time, buffer profiles and several other factors, to help you maintain appropriate levels of inventory while using Demand-Driven Replenishment.

Technical Details

Table 125:






2.3 Quality Management and Compliance

2.3.1 Definition of Authorization Restrictions for QM Master Data Business Catalogs

This feature enables you to define authorization restrictions when assigning business catalogs related to quality management master data to your roles or users.

It is now possible to restrict the authorizations for the following business catalogs:

● Restriction to one or several plants:○ QM - Inspection Methods (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_METHODS_PC)○ QM - Master Inspection Characteristics (SAP_QM_BC_MSTR_INSP_CHARC_PC)○ QM - QM in Procurement (SAP_QM_BC_QM_PROCUREMENT_PC)○ QM - Inspection Planning (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_PLANNING_PC)○ QM - Inspection Planning Display (SAP_QM_BC_INSP_PLNG_DSP_PC)

● Restriction to one or several plants or catalogs:○ QM - Basic Data (SAP_QM_BC_BASIC_DATA_PC)○ QM - Basic Data Display (SAP_QM_BC_BASIC_DATA_DSP_PC)

Technical Details

Table 126:



Application Component ● QM-PT-BD● QM-PT-IP● QM-PT-RP-PRC



Manufacturing

2.3.2 Results History

This feature enables you to use SAP CoPilot in the Results History app. To achieve this, a technical redesign of the app was necessary.

Additional changes:

● The former separate selection field Time Interval was integrated in the Created On field.● For consistency reasons the term "task list" was changed to "bill of operations" in the filter bar.● The aggregation level Task List Characteristic was renamed to Inspection Plan Characteristic.

Technical Details

Table 127:



Application Component QM-IM-RR



If users have personalized the app to their needs, for example, by adding table columns, they need to redefine the personalization.

2.3.3 APIs for Defect Processing Integration

With this feature you can integrate defect processing in an external system with your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system.

NoteOnly defects are covered that are not (or not yet) assigned to a quality notification.

The communication scenario Defect Processing (SAP_COM_0153) provides the following OData services to access the business object Defect in SAP S/4HANA from remote systems:

● API_DEFECT - Defect ProcessingThe OData service is for creating, reading, updating, and deleting defects.

● API_DEFECTCODE - Read Defect Codes and Code GroupsThe OData service is for reading defect code groups and defect codes.

● API_DEFECTCATEGORY - Read Defect Categories


The OData service is for reading defect categories.● API_DEFECTCLASS - Read Defect Classes

The OData service is for reading defect classes.

Technical Details

Table 128:



Application Component QM-IM-RR-DEF



You need to create a communication user, a communication system, and a communication arrangement in the Communication Management business catalog. The communication arrangement needs to use the scenario SAP_COM_0153 Defect Processing.

Additional Information

These interfaces are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

2.3.4 APIs for Quality Inspection Process Integration

With this feature you can implement a broader integration of your quality inspection activities in an external system with your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system.

To reflect the broader integration options, the integration scenario SAP_COM_0124 was renamed from QM for Manufacturing Execution Integration to Quality Inspection Process.

In addition to the already provided BAPIs for the business object Inspection Operation (BAPI_INSPOPER_GETDETAIL and BAPI_INSPOPER_RECORDRESULTS), the following BAPIs are provided:

● BAPI_INSPOPER_GETCHAR: Read Inspection Characteristics for Inspection Operation● BAPI_INSPLOT_GETLIST: Read List of Inspection Lots● BAPI_INSPLOT_GETDETAIL: Read Details for Inspection Lot● BAPI_INSPLOT_GETOPERATIONS: Read Operations for Inspection Lot


Manufacturing

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://api.sap.com/

● BAPI_INSPLOT_SETUSAGEDECISION: Write Usage Decisions for Inspection Lot

Technical Details

Table 129:



Application Component QM-IM



The connection between the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and your remote system is established via remote function calls using the SAP Cloud Connector.


The SAP Cloud Connector needs to be configured. For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under Product Assistance General Functions for the Key User Integration Scenarios How to Set Up SAP Cloud Platform Cloud Connector Integration .

In addition, you need to create a communication user, a communication system, and a communication arrangement in the Communication Management business catalog. The communication arrangement needs to use the scenario SAP_COM_0124.

2.3.5 Manage Usage Decisions

The feature enables you to trigger stock posting of materials of stock type Inspection Stock to other stock types. You can also split the inspection stock quantity to be posted between stock types and also select the storage location for certain stock types.




Technical Details

Table 130:




Application Component QM-FIO-IM


2.3.6 Manage Defects

This feature enabled you to view and manage defects using a simple interface that also includes a chart. You can also navigate to view contextual information related to a defect.

Technical Details

Table 131:




Application Component QM-QN


2.3.7 Quality Engineer Overview

This feature enables you see the most important information related to defects, such as inspection lots with defects, top defective materials, and top defective codes, on a set of cards.


Manufacturing

Technical Details

Table 132:




Application Component QM-FIO-IM


2.3.8 App Extensibility in Quality Management

2.3.8.1 App Extensibility: Display Master Inspection Characteristics

This feature enables you to extend the Display Master Inspection Characteristics app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 133:



Application Component QM


See Also

For more information, look for the section Quality Management and Compliance for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product AssistanceManufacturing .



2.3.8.2 App Extensibility: Display Inspection Method

This feature enables you to extend the Display Inspection Method app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 134:





See Also


2.3.8.3 App Extensibility: Display Quality Info Records in Procurement

This feature enables you to extend the Display Quality Info Records in Procurement app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 135:






Manufacturing


See Also


2.3.8.4 App Extensibility: Manage Inspection Lots

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Inspection Lots app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 136:





See Also


2.3.8.5 App Extensibility: Manage Usage Decisions

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Usage Decisions app according to your business needs.




Technical Details

Table 137:





See Also


2.3.8.6 App Extensibility for Classic Applications

2.3.8.6.1 Extensibility for Master Inspection Characteristic Apps

This feature enables you to extend the following classic apps according to your business needs:

● Create Master Inspection Characteristic● Change Master Inspection Characteristic● Display Master Inspection Characteristics

Technical Details

Table 138:





Manufacturing



See Also


2.3.8.6.2 Extensibility for Inspection Method Apps


● Create Inspection Method● Change Inspection Method

Technical Details

Table 139:





See Also





2.3.8.6.3 Extensibility for Inspection Results Apps


● Record Inspection Results - Hierarchical Worklist ● Record Inspection Results - For Operation ● Change Inspection Results - For Operation ● Display Inspection Results - For Operation

Technical Details

Table 140:





See Also


2.3.8.6.4 Extensibility for Inspection Lot Apps


● Create Inspection Lot Manually● Change Inspection Lot● Display Inspection Lots

Technical Details

Table 141:



Manufacturing





See Also


2.3.8.6.5 Extensibility for Quality Info Record Procurement Apps


● Create Quality Info Record - Procurement● Change Quality Info Record - Procurement

Technical Details

Table 142:





See Also





2.3.8.6.6 Extensibility for Inspection Plan Apps


● Create Inspection Plan● Change Inspection Plan● Display Inspection Plan

Technical Details

Table 143:





See Also


2.3.9 Deletion of Personal Data in Quality Management

This feature enables you to block and delete personal data in a simplified way by using SAP Information Lifecycle Management (ILM).

Personal data collected in business partner master data can be blocked as soon as business activities that use this data are completed and the residence time for the data has elapsed; after this time, only users with additional authorizations can access this data.

When the retention period for data expires, personal data can be destroyed completely so that it can no longer be retrieved. Retention periods must be defined in the customer system.


Manufacturing


Technical Details

Table 144:





Additional Details

Based on the retention period defined for data in the customer system, an end of purpose (EoP) check determines whether this data is still relevant for business activities. The retention period is part of the overall lifecycle of personal data, which consists of the following phases:

● Business activity: The relevant data is used in ongoing business, for example, contract creation, delivery, payment.

● Residence period: The data remains in the database and can be used in case of subsequent processes related to the original purpose, for example, reporting obligations.

● Blocking period: The relevant data needs to be retained for legal reasons. During the blocking period, business users of SAP applications are prevented from displaying and using this data; it can only be processed in case of mandatory legal provisions.

● Deletion: The data is deleted and no longer exists on the database.

Blocking of data can impact system behavior in the following ways:

● Display: The system does not display blocked data.● Change: It is not possible to change a business object that contains blocked data.● Create: It is not possible to create a business object that contains blocked data.● Copy/Follow-Up: It is not possible to copy a business object or perform follow-up activities for a business

object that contains blocked data.

Only users with special authorization can display blocked data; they are not authorized, however, to create, change, or copy business objects with blocked data, or perform follow-up activities with these business objects.

See Also

For more information about Information Lifecycle Management see http://help.sap.com/s4hana : S/4HANA Cloud 1708 Product Assistance SAP S/4HANA Cloud Generic Information General Functions for the Key User SAP Information Lifecycle Management




2.4.1 Predictive Analytics for Stock in Transit in Warehouse Management

Use

This scope item provides predictive analytics for stock in transit in warehouse management.

Technical Details

Table 145:

Technical Name of Scope Item 20N

Scope Item is New



See also



Manufacturing

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/20N_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

2.4.2 Make-to-Order Production - Semifinished Goods Planning and Assembly

Use


● Printing Production Order Overview● Email Output Channel for Pick List and Oder Data

Technical Details

Table 146:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1BM




Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1BM_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

2.4.3 Integration of Manufacturing Execution System to Production Operation

Use

This scope item provides an integration of SAP S/4 HANA Cloud with Manufacturing Execution systems to run efficient, high quality production on the shop floor.

Technical Details

Table 147:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Y5

Scope Item is New



See also





Manufacturing

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1Y5_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

3 Professional Services

3.1 Manage Your Test Processes

Technical Details

Table 148:

Product Feature is

Country Dependency

Application Component

Availability

Additional Details




What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Professional Services P U B L I C 129


See Also

3.2 Customer Project Management

3.2.1 Plan Customer Projects

This feature enables integration of project staffing with resource management. As a project manager, you can plan roles and propose resources for the project. However, the resource manager makes the final resource assignments.

Technical Details

Table 149:



Application Component CA-CPD


Additional Details

Integration with resource management has the following effects:

● When you plan a customer project, cost and revenue are calculated based on the planned role and not for the requested resource.

● Resources assigned by a resource manager are saved as confirmed assignments.● Resourcespecific prices are calculated only if there is a staffed resource assignment by the resource manager.


Professional Services


This integration does not automatically affect the cost or revenue calculations in existing projects. If you wish to update your project plan based on this integration, you must use the Recalculate function.


To enable this integration, you must activate the SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management solution.

See Also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesCustomer Project Management .

3.2.2 Set Forecast Month

A new tile is provided in the SAP Fiori launchpad. As a key user, you use this tile to set up an application job for setting the current month as the forecast month for customer projects where a previous forecast has been completed.

Technical Details

Table 150:





Additional Details

You use the Set Forecast Month tile to open the Application Jobs app


An application job template is provided. Based on this job template, you schedule a job to set the current month as the forecast month for projects where the forecast of a previous month has been completed. By doing this, you enable project managers to review their projects and prepare forecasts.

To use the Set Forecast Month tile, you need to be assigned the business catalog SAP_PSP_BC_PRJ_PER_ACT_PC. This business catalog is included in the delivered business role template SAP_BR_PROJ_MANAGE_COMM.

See Also


3.2.3 Plan Internal Projects


● Assign a profit center to internal projects.● Integrate project staffing with resource management. As a project manager, you can plan roles and propose

resources for the project. However, the resource manager makes the final resource assignments.

Technical Details

Table 151:





Additional Details

Integration with resource management has the following effects:

● When you plan an internal project, cost is calculated based on the planned role and not for the requested resource.

● You do not need to separately confirm a staffed resource, since resources assigned by a resource manager are saved as confirmed assignments.



● Resourcespecific cost is calculated only if there is a staffed resource assignment by the resource manager.


For existing internal projects, a valid profit center is assigned based on the controlling area of the service organization and the cost center of the internal project.

The integration with resource management does not automatically affect the cost calculations in existing projects. If you wish to update your project plan based in this integration, you must use the Recalculate function.


To enable this integration, you must activate the SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management solution.

See Also


3.3 Resource Management

3.3.1 Business Catalogs for Resource Management Apps

Two new business catalogs are available for SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management. Business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC must be assigned to all users of the resource management apps. Business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_INTEG_PSP_PC must be assigned to key users who are allowed to run the Transfer of Staffing Assignments application job.

The new catalogs are included in the delivered business role template SAP_BR_RESOURCE_MANAGER.


Technical Details

Table 152:



Application Component CA-RSH-PS



The SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC business catalog replaces the SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MANAG_PS_PC business catalog.


Please reassign your roles and users to the new SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC business catalog. To do so, use the Business Catalogs app.

See also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesResource Management Information for Key Users .

Related Information

Transfer of Staffing Assignments [page 134]

3.3.2 Transfer of Staffing Assignments

A new tile is provided in the SAP Fiori launchpad. As a key user, you use this tile to set up an application job for transferring staffing assignments from customer and internal project management to the resource management apps.



Technical Details

Table 153:





Additional Details

You use the Transfer of Staffing Assignments tile to open the Application Jobs app.

An application job template is provided. Based on this job template, you schedule a job to transfer existing staffing assignments from customer and internal project management to the resource management apps after SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management has been activated. This transfer is required so that assignments and key figures are shown correctly in the apps.

NoteOnce resource management has been activated, project managers can no longer staff resources using the customer and internal project management apps.

To use the Transfer of Staffing Assignments tile, you need to be assigned business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_INTEG_PSP_PC. This business catalog is included in the delivered business role template SAP_BR_RESOURCE_MANAGER.

See Also


Related Information

Business Catalogs for Resource Management Apps [page 133]


3.3.3 Assignment Board

As a resource manager, you use the Assignment Board app to show detailed assignment information for resources in a Gantt chart. For example, you can see how assignments are distributed over a specified period of time.

Technical Details

Table 154:






Additional Details

The Assignment Board app is supported for desktop only. You access the app via the Manage Resource Utilization app.

See Also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesResource Management Apps for Resource Management .

Related Information

Manage Resource Utilization [page 137]

3.3.4 Manage Assignments

As a resource manager, you use the Manage Assignments app to create, change, and delete assignments for resources and resource requests.



When creating or changing assignments, you can define a distribution rule for the hours to be assigned. In addition, you can simulate how the assignment creation, change, or deletion would affect key figures, such as resource utilization, staffed hours, and available hours.

Technical Details

Table 155:





Availability SAP S/4HANA 1708

Additional Details

You can access the app via the Manage Resource Utilization app and the Manage Project Staffing app.

See Also


Related Information

Manage Resource Utilization [page 137]Manage Project Staffing [page 139]

3.3.5 Manage Resource Utilization

The Analyze Resource Utilization app has been renamed to Manage Resource Utilization. As a resource manager, you can now use this app to trigger the creation, change, and deletion of assignments for resources.


Technical Details

Table 156:





Additional Details

The Manage Resource Utilization app provides access to the Manage Assignments app and to the Assignment Board app.


The user interface now includes buttons for creating, changing, and deleting assignments and for navigating to the Assignment Board app.


In order for the app to show assignments that were created prior to the activation of the resource management apps, key users must transfer existing assignments from customer and internal project management to resource management using the provided application job template.

See Also


Related Information




Manage Assignments [page 136]Assignment Board [page 136]

3.3.6 Manage Project Staffing

The Analyze Project Staffing app has been renamed to Manage Project Staffing. As a resource manager, you can now use this app to trigger the creation, change, and deletion of assignments for resource requests.

Technical Details

Table 157:





Additional Details

The Manage Project Staffing app provides access to the Manage Assignments app.


The user interface now includes buttons for creating, changing, and deleting assignments.




See Also


Related Information

Transfer of Staffing Assignments [page 134]Manage Assignments [page 136]

3.3.7 Status Management for Resource Requests

In the resource management apps, two new resource request statuses have been introduced to indicate that a resource request was staffed for fewer hours (Partially Staffed) or for more hours (Overstaffed) than specified in the resource request.

Technical Details

Table 158:







In the Resource Management for Projects app, requests that have the status Partially Staffed or Overstaffed are included in the All Resource Requests card.



See also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesResource Management Monitoring Key Figures for Resources and Resource Requests .


3.4.1 Internal Project Management

Use


Central staffing for project-based services: The integration to resource management scenario allows project and resource managers optimal resource utilization and efficient project staffing based on suitability matching by project information and maintained skills.

Technical Details

Table 159:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1A8





Additional Details




See also


3.4.2 Customer Project Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 160:







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1A8_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm



● Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders (New)● Define Company Code, Plant and Logical System (New)● Define Material Group (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing (New)● Set Project Status Area of Project Brief (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)● Plants (Updated)● Sales Offices (Updated)● Sales Organizations (Updated)● Shipping Points (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated)

Additional Details




See also


3.4.3 Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services

Use


● Enhancement of general limits: Enter service product during service entry



● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 161:







● Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders (New)● Define Company Code, Plant and Logical System (New)● Define Material Group (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing (New)● Set Project Status Area of Project Brief (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)● Plants (Updated)● Sales Offices (Updated)● Sales Organizations (Updated)● Shipping Points (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated) ● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group

Additional Details






See also


3.4.4 Resource Management - Project-Based Services

Use


● Gain transparency about resource utilization and the status of resource requests● Discover the most requested project roles● Match available resources and open resource requests based on suitability● Manage changes in resource supply and demand quickly by dynamically creating, changing, and deleting

assignments● Review an up-to-date overview of current resource assignments in a Gantt Chart● Provide optimal resource utilization and efficient project staffing

Technical Details

Table 162:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1KC






Additional Details




See also


3.4.5 Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services

Use

This scope item describes the entire process sequence for the sales order maintenance and the billing process within the project-based services scenario.


● Convergent Billing

Technical Details

Table 163:







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1KC_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm




Additional Details




See also






4 Sales

4.1 Order and Contract Management

4.1.1 Sales Master Data Management

4.1.1.1 Manage Customer Materials

This feature enables companies to maintain unique customerspecific names for their own products. Companies can manage customer's material data according to customer, material, customer material, sales organization, and distribution channel.

Technical Details

Table 164:



Application Component SD-SLS



This app replaces the Create Customer-Material Info, Change Customer-Material Info, Display Customer-Material Info, Display Material-Customer Info, and List Customer-Material Info apps. These five apps will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1805.


Sales

See Also

For more information on the Manage Customer Materialsapp, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance .

4.1.1.2 App Extensibility: Manage Customer Materials

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Customer Materials app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 165:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana<Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance .

4.1.2 Sales Order Management and Processing

4.1.2.1 Pricing Configuration for Sales

This feature enables you to configure pricing for sales.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Sales P U B L I C 149





Technical Details

Table 166:



Application Component SD-BF-PR (Pricing and Conditions)


Additional Details

You can find the following apps in the Manage Your Solution app:

● Set Pricing Procedures -Sales● Set Customer Pricing Procedures - Sales● Set Document Pricing Procedures - Sales● Set Pricing Procedure Determination -Sales● Set Price List Categories for Customers - Sales● Set Pricing Groups for Customers - Sales● Set Pricing Groups for Materials – Sales● Set Pricing Condition Types - Sales

You can find the following apps directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Sales:

● Create Condition Tables - Sales● Change Field Catalog - Sales● Change Condition Tables - Sales● Change Access Sequences - Sales


To access the apps found directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Sales, use the business catalog SAP_SD_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC, which is assigned to the business role BPC_EXPERT (Configuration Expert - Business Process Configuration).

After successful testing of the settings in the quality system, you can export the adaptation transport organizer (ATO) items as a software collection from the quality system and import them into the production system. For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/s4hana > <choose release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key UserExtensibility Export Software Collection .

Make sure that the changes have been imported into the production system before the related changes from the Manage Your Solution app under Configure Your Solution are transferred to the production system.


Sales



To export the software collection to the transport for export into your production system, you need the Export Software Collection app.

The following is a similar business catalog: Materials Management - Pricing Configuration (SAP_MM_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC).

The following is a related business catalog group: Pricing Configuration for Purchasing (SAP_MM_BCG_PRICING_CONFIG_PC)

Related Configuration Apps

In addition to the configuration apps provided directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Sales, you can find related configuration apps in the Manage Your Solution app, which includes the following related apps:

● Set Pricing Condition Types - Sales● Set Pricing Procedures - Sales● Set Pricing Procedure Determination - Sales● Set Pricing Groups for Customers - Sales● Set Pricing Groups for Materials - Sales

See Also

● For more information about apps in the Manage Your Solution app, see the help provided directly in the apps.● For more information about the pricing configuration apps found directly on the launchpad, see Roadmap

Viewer.

4.1.2.2 Process Sales Orders

With this OData service, you can now update the header, header partner, header pricing element, item, item partner, and item pricing element for existing sales orders.

Technical Details

Table 167:



Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)


https://roadmapviewer-supportportal.dispatcher.hana.ondemand.com/



Additional Details

This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

4.1.2.3 Customer - 360 Degree View

In this app, you can now display information about relevant credit memo requests and debit memo requests.

You can also get an easy overview of the process flow of relevant billing documents.

To find a specific document that is relevant for the displayed customer, you can now search the displayed lists of documents.

Technical Details

Table 168:






See Also

For more information on the Customer - 360° View app, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing .


Sales




4.1.2.4 List Incomplete Sales Documents

This feature enables you to search for incomplete sales documents according to your filter criteria and display them in a list. From the list, you can navigate to related features to display and complete the missing data of the selected sales document.

Technical Details

Table 169:





See Also


4.1.2.4.1 App Extensibility: List Incomplete Sales Documents

This feature enables you to extend the List Incomplete Sales Documents app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 170:








See Also


4.1.2.5 List Sales Documents by Object Status

This feature enables you to search for sales documents and sales document items with active system or user statuses according to your filter criteria and display them in a list. From the list, you can navigate to the status overview screen of the selected sales document or sales document item in classic SAP GUI applications to display and/or change the statuses of the current business object and view the permitted business processes. You can also branch directly from the status overview screen into related applications to further process the documents or document items.

Technical Details

Table 171:





See Also


4.1.2.5.1 App Extensibility: List Sales Documents by Object Status

This feature enables you to extend the List Sales Documents by Object Status app according to your business needs.


Sales





Technical Details

Table 172:





See Also


4.1.2.6 App Extensibility for Sales Documents

This feature enables you to extend various sales apps according to your business needs and implement logic for the following Enhancement Options:

Table 173:

Enhancement Option Business Context

Sales Item Deletion Check Sales Document Item

Technical Details

Table 174:








See Also

For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant Cloud edition underhttp://help.sap.com/s4hanaProduct Assistance .

4.1.2.7 Resolve Payment Card Issues - Schedule Job

With this app, you can schedule jobs to list and process open sales and distribution (SD) documents with payment cards. The documents are then reauthorized in batch based on the credit check. You can also display, cancel, and copy these jobs.

Technical Details

Table 175:






See Also

For more information on the Resolve Payment Card Issues - Schedule Job app, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing .

4.1.2.8 Integration of SAP Digital Payments Add-On with SAP S/4HANA Cloud Sales

With this feature, you can now use payment cards in the following apps: Create Sales Order, Change Sales Order, and Display Sales Order.

These apps offer out-of-the-box integration with various payment service providers (PSPs) using the SAP digital payments add-on.


Sales



A tokenization approach avoids costs and risks: You don’t need an additional Payment Card Industry (PCI) certification, and no sensitive payment card data is stored in SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

In the sales document header, you can save one or more payment cards for your sales document. You can select a payment card using the value help. The prerequisite is that you have maintained payment card data for business partners in the Customer Master app.

Payment card information is now also integrated into the billing process. Billing documents created on the basis of sales orders that use a payment card now contain payment card details, including the card type and the masked credit card number. You can view this information in the following places:

● In the billing document header in the Display Billing Document - VF03 app● On the billing document output or on the billing document output preview in the Manage Billing Documents

app

Technical Details

Table 176:





4.1.3 Billing and Invoicing

4.1.3.1 External Billing Document Request

With this object page, you can display the details of external billing document requests (EBDRs).

EBDRs are request objects that serve to transform and persist billing data that your SAP S/4HANA system has received from an external source (such as an external SAP system). EBDRs enable you to bill external billing data from different sources. Moreover, you can converge external billing data (for example, pay-per-use data) with internal billing data (for example, billable items from a delivery). This enables you to bill customers for offerings that combine different billing types through a combined, single invoice.


Technical Details

Table 177:



Application Component SD-BIL (SD Billing)


Additional Details

After external billing data is received by your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system and persisted in the form of EBDRs, these EBDRs appear in the billing due list of the Create Billing Documents app. From the billing due list, they can be billed independently or converged with other billing due list items.

See Also

For more information about the External Billing Document Request object page, look for the section External Billing Document Request under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

For more information about the Create Billing Documents app, look for the section Create Billing Documentsunder http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract ManagementBilling and Invoicing .

4.1.3.2 Create Billing Documents

The worklist in the Create Billing Documents app now also lists external billing document requests (EBDRs). EBDRs contain billing data from external sources, such as external SAP systems. EBDRs can be billed independently or converged with billable sales and distribution documents (such as deliveries and debit memo requests) to produce combined customer invoices. This process is called omnichannel convergent billing.

One major advantage of the omnichannel approach to billing is that it greatly reduces the administrative overhead that is traditionally associated with the combined billing of solution-centric offerings.

NoteThe following two new fields have been added to the app to provide you with information about EBDRs that appear in your worklist. You can use them as filters and additional worklist columns.


Sales



● The billing document request (BDR) reference field provides a reference number that uniquely identifies the billing data within the external system from which it originates.

● The BDR reference system field provides the name of this external system.

Technical Details

Table 178:





See Also


For more information about external billing document requests, look for the section External Billing Document Request under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Billing and Invoicing .

4.1.4 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

4.1.4.1 Term "Accounting Document" Changed to "Journal Entry"

The term Accounting Document has been changed to Journal Entry.




Technical Details

Table 179:



Application Component SD


4.1.4.2 Manage Sales Plans

With this feature you can create, change, release, and display sales plans. In a sales plan, you set sales targets on various dimensions for a planned period.

Technical Details

Table 180:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance .

4.1.4.3 Delivery Performance

With this feature, you can monitor the current delivery performance of sales orders to ensure maximum customer satisfaction and retention.

The app provides you with insights into delivery performance, and, in the case of a deterioration, enables you to navigate to the relevant sales document and master data object pages for more detailed information. You can also collaborate with your plant manager, or communicate with your customer to discuss or clarify a situation.


Sales



The app compares the customer’s requested delivery date of sales order items with the actual delivery date of the corresponding outbound deliveries.

The app tile shows the ratio of sales orders delivered as requested for the last 3 weeks, giving you an instant insight into the current delivery situation.

The app itself shows you the sales order items delivered as requested, represented by number of and net value, and ratio to the total number of sales order items. It also shows you the average delivery performance, that is, the total number of delays of all sales orders divided by the total number of all sales orders, and the total and maximal delay of delivery in days in relation to requested the delivery date.

Technical Details

Table 181:




Application Component SD-FIO-HBA


See Also


4.1.4.4 Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues

The app offers renewed functionality to the Sales Order Fulfillment app, using an analytical list page application. The presentation of the app has been refreshed, and the personalization options have been enhanced.

The app will be enhanced in further releases.

The app displays a combination of transactional and analytical data using chart and table visualization.

The app starts with a tile with the top 3 issue types.

You can filter on sales documents, issues, and issue categories, and also add more filters, such as potential issues. You can also use the fuzzy search to search for sales document, customer reference, created by user, and sold-to party.

A donut chart displays your filter results with the total issues for each issue type.




The app displays a list of sales orders with issues, depending on what you have filtered on. From here, you can navigate to resolve these issues and to the relevant follow-up document object pages.

Note that if you want to use the app, you need to add it to your home page manually. You do this by choosing Edit Home Page in the Me Area. Next, search for the app in Sales Order Processing and add it to your home page.

Technical Details

Table 182:






See Also


4.1.4.5 Sales Management Overview

With this feature you can get a graphical overview of your various sales data on cards. You can further analyze the data by navigating to related analytical apps from the cards. Using this app, you can gain comprehensive insights into your current sales situation and respond quickly.

Technical Details

Table 183:





Sales




See Also


4.1.4.6 App Extensibility: Quotation Conversion Rates

This feature enables you to extend the Quotation Conversion Rates - Valid and Not Completed app according to your business needs.

Key users can extend the app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the business context Sales Document Item.

You can add fields to the following queries using the Custom Fields and Logic app:

Table 184:

Query Element Business Context

C_SlsQtanConversionRateQ Sales Document Item

Technical Details

Table 185:





See Also







4.1.4.7 App Extensibility: Track Sales Orders

This feature enables you to extend the Track Sales Orders app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 186:





See Also


4.1.5 Process Extensibility for Sales and Billing Documents

This feature enables you to extend the following apps according to your business needs:

● Manage Customer Materials

You can make custom fields available in several apps including handing over data by using business scenarios. After enabling the extension field for a business scenario, the value of this field will be copied between the corresponding documents.

For the business context Sales Document, the following business scenarios are available:

● Sales Document to Pricing Communication on header level

For the business context Sales Document Item, the following business scenarios are available:

● Sales Document to Pricing Communication on item level

For the business context Billing Document, the following business scenarios are available:

● Billing Document to Pricing Communication on header level

For the business context Billing Document Item, the following business scenarios are available:

● Billing Document to Pricing Communication on item level


Sales



For the business context Customer Material, the following business scenarios are available:

● Customer Material to Sales Document Item on item level

Technical Details

Table 187:





See Also


4.1.6 Extensibility in Pricing for Sales and Billing

This feature enables you to extend pricing procedures according to your business needs by defining price dependencies to use custom field values for pricing.

Technical Details

Table 188:








See Also



4.2.1 Extended Intercompany Processes for Sales

Use

This scope item enables sales-related intercompany business processes. It provides the intercompany settings for the Credit Memo, Debit Memo, and Free of Charge Delivery scope items.

Technical Details

Table 189:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WO

Scope Item is New



Additional Details




Sales



See also


4.2.2 External Billing

Use

This scope item enables the use of the external billing interface to create billing documents, without predecessor documents in SD calling from an external system (SAP or non-SAP).

Technical Details

Table 190:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Z6

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1WO_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1Z6_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

4.2.3 Accelerated Customer Returns

Use

Technical Details

Table 191:

Technical Name of Scope Item BKP




Additional Details



See also


4.2.4 Sales Rebate Processing

Use

This scope item now includes the following:

● A feature that allows you to choose how the system determines the taxations for the settlement items. You can either derive the taxation independently from the related business process or you can use the taxation directly from the business volume table.


Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BKP_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

● You can now create condition contracts with contract type Sales Rebate Goods Related or Sales Rebate Goods Related – Mult. Customers in case the taxation should be the same like in the related billing items.

Technical Details

Table 192:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1B6




Additional Details



See also


4.2.5 Convergent Billing

Use

The Convergent Billing process enables the user to create billing documents that combine data from different sources in one billing document.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1B6_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 193:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MC

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


4.2.6 Planning Apps for Sales

Use

For sales and distribution scenarios, this scope item provides key information needed by a sales manager with regard to the creation and maintenance of sales planning apps. It allows effective handling of the different stages of sales planning.

Technical Details

Table 194:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1O0


Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1MC_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Scope Item is New



See also


4.2.7 Integration with SAP Hybris Cloud for Customer - Opportunity-to-Order

Use


● Create quote in SAP Hybris Cloud for Customer leveraging SAP S/4HANA master data● Create SAP S/4HANA sales order as follow-up document from C4C quote● Request prices from SAP S/4HANA within the opportunity and quote management process in SAP Hybris

Cloud for Customer

Technical Details

Table 195:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1VP




See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1O0_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1VP_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

4.2.8 Electronic Payment

Use

This scope item enables the integration between the Payment Hub and sales documents in an SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Table 196:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Z1

Scope Item is New





●

Additional Details



See also



Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1Z1_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

4.2.9 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Sales

Use


● New Sales Manager OVP● Upgrades to Internal Sales OVP● New delivery performance ALP● Upgrades to sales order fulfillment ALP

Technical Details

Table 197:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1BS




See also


4.2.10 Sell from Stock

Use


● Item proposal


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1BS_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 198:

Technical Name of Scope Item BD9






● Sales Scheduling by Sales Document Type (New)● Set Customer Pricing Procedures - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Groups for Customers - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Material Groups - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Procedures - Sales (New)● Sales Offices (Updated)● Sales Organizations (Updated)● Shipping Points (Updated)

Additional Details



See also



Sales

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BD9_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

5 Sourcing and Procurement

5.1 Sourcing

5.1.1 Compare Supplier Quotations

With this feature you can compare supplier quotations to find the best offer. You can do the following:

● Display a list of all received supplier quotations for a specific RFQ● Get general information about the RFQ● Compare the target value of the RFQ with the lowest price received from the suppliers● Compare the received supplier quotations● Award the best quotation

Technical Details

Table 199:



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-RFQ


See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing Compare Supplier Quotations for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance


Sourcing and Procurement


5.1.2 Manage RFQs

With this feature, you can now do the following:

● Copy an existing RFQ and modify it according to your requirements, or add a new RFQ● Display all relevant legal transactions and navigate to the detailed information● Display the process flow to see the steps that were already performed in the procurement process. You can

navigate to the relevant document by clicking on the required part of the graphic.● Use lean services when working with the Manage RFQs app. This enables you to choose between the product

type Material and Service per item on item level.● Cancel an RFQ

Technical Details

Table 200:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing Manage RFQs for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance

5.1.3 Manage Supplier Quotations


● Cancel supplier quotations that are in status Submitted● Delete supplier quotations that are in status In Preparation

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Sourcing and Procurement P U B L I C 177


Technical Details

Table 201:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing Manage Supplier Quotations for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance

5.1.4 Workflow for Supplier Quotations

With this feature, you can use the flexible workflow for supplier quotations, enabling you to optimize the approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.

You can use the app Manage Workflows for Supplier Quotations to determine the approver of the workflow, for example the manager of the last approver, or to directly assign a specific user. You can define start conditions for a workflow and for each approval step, and the order in which the start conditions of existing workflows are checked. You can add new steps to a workflow at any time.

You can add new workflows, or copy existing ones and modify them according to your requirements.

Technical Details

Table 202:








See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Sourcing Manage Workflow for Supplier Quotations for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance

5.1.5 OData Service for RFQ API

Use

This service enables you to create requests for quotations (RFQ) through an API call from a source system outside SAP S/4HANA. Furthermore, the service enables you to read existing requests for quotations data from the SAP S/4HANA. This service is based on the OData protocol, and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

Technical Details

Table 203:




Availability SAP S/4HANA 1708 Cloud

See Also

This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ )

5.1.6 OData Service for Supplier Quotations API

Use

This service enables users to read header and item details of a supplier quotation. This service is based on the OData protocol, and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.




Technical Details

Table 204:





See Also

This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ )

5.1.7 Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records

Use

This feature enables you to change the fields of multiple purchasing info records at a time. Additionally, you can view the change logs to verify the status of the changes made.

You can access the Mass Changes to Purchasing Info Records app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Table 205:



Application Component MM-PUR-VM-REC





5.1.8 Mass Changes to Scheduling Agreements

Use

This feature enables you to change the fields of multiple scheduling agreements at a time. Additionally, you can view the change logs to verify the status of the changes made.

You can access the Mass Changes to Scheduling Agreements app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Table 206:



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-SCH


5.1.9 Manage Scheduling Agreements

Use

Using this feature, you can add conditions to a scheduling agreement item to determine its net price. If the net price is maintained for the scheduling agreement item, a default condition with condition type Gross Price is automatically created and its validity period is taken from the validity period of the scheduling agreement .

If an info record exists for the respective validity period, the validity range and net price are taken over from the info record.

You can add more conditions with different condition types to the default condition. While creating a scheduling agreement, you can add conditions to an existing date range. While editing a scheduling agreement, you can choose to add conditions to an existing date range or a new date range. If you are creating a new range, then depending on the validity periods specified in the new date range, the splitting or overlapping of conditions will take place. The condition added to the new date range must be saved before you can add another condition. You can display the condition based on the validity range.


Technical Details

Table 207:

Technical Name of Product Feature Manage Scheduling Agreements





5.1.9.1 App Extensibility: Manage Scheduling Agreements

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Scheduling Agreements app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Table 208:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana <Your SAP S/4HANA Cloud release> Product Assistance .

5.1.10 App Extensibility: Manage Purchasing Info Records

This feature enables you to extend the Manage Purchasing Info Records app according to your business needs.





Technical Details

Table 209:



Application Component MM


See Also


5.2 Contract Management

5.2.1 Mass Changes to Purchase Contracts

Use

This feature enables you to change the fields of multiple purchase contracts at a time. Additionally, you can view the change logs to verify the status of the changes made.

You can access the Mass Changes to Purchase Contracts app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Table 210:



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-SQ-CON





5.2.2 Manage Purchase Contracts

This feature enables you to

● Add conditions to an existing date range or a new date range. You can add conditions to a new date range only while editing a contract.

● Display the legal transactions associated with a contract.

Technical Details

Table 211:




Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-OA


Additional Details

● Add conditions to an existing date range or a new date range. You can add conditions to a new date range only while editing a contract.You can add conditions to a contract item to determine its net price. If the net price for a contract item is maintained in a purchasing info record, a default condition with condition type Gross Price is automatically created and its validity period is taken from the validity period of the purchasing info record, otherwise, you need to maintain the net price for the contract item manually and the validity period is taken from the validity period of the contract. While creating a contract, you can add conditions to an existing date range. While editing a contract, you can choose to add conditions to an existing date range or a new date range. If you create a new date range, depending on the validity periods specified in the new date range, splitting or overlapping of conditions can occur. You can display the conditions based on the validity range.

● Display the legal transactions associated with a contract.Using this feature, you can display the legal content assigned to a contract. You can view the assigned legal transactions, their health status, such as pending, on track, and others, the name of the user who has made the changes recently, and the last modified date.



5.3 Operational Procurement

5.3.1 Pricing Configuration for Purchasing

This feature enables you to configure pricing for purchasing.

Technical Details

Table 212:



Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)


Additional Details


● Set Calculation Schema - Purchasing● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing

You can find the following apps directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Purchasing:

● Create Condition Tables - Purchasing● Change Condition Tables - Purchasing● Change Access Sequences - Purchasing


To access the apps found directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Purchasing, use the business catalog SAP_MM_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC, which is assigned to the business role BPC_EXPERT (Configuration Expert - Business Process Configuration).

After successful testing of the settings in the quality system, you can export the adaptation transport organizer (ATO) items as a software collection from the quality system and import them into the production system. For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/



s4hana > <choose release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key UserExtensibility Export Software Collection .



The following is a similar business catalog: Sales - Pricing Configuration (SAP_SD_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC).

The following is a related business catalog group: Pricing Configuration for Sales (SAP_SD_BCG_PRICING_CONFIG_PC)



● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing● Set Calculation Schema - Purchasing

See Also


Viewer.

5.3.2 Create Purchase Requisition

With this feature search results can display catalog items, their associated source of supply, and price from the connected SAP ERP back-end systems. The search results display materials based on the validity of contracts and info records, and the plant and company code assigned to a user.

Technical Details

Table 213:









Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-REQ


5.3.3 My Purchase Requisitions

With this feature, the app displays purchase requisitions (PRs) that are created in the SAP S/4HANA hub system and replicated to SAP ERP back-end system. For such PRs, you cannot delete or modify follow-on documents such as goods receipt or return them. The follow-on documents created in the back-end systems are made available in the business process framework.

Technical Details

Table 214:






5.3.4 Monitor Supplier Confirmations

Use

This feature enables you to monitor the status of confirmations (for orders placed) from the supplier, based on certain filter criteria. This existing app has been updated:

Visual filter introduced.

This filter has 3 charts: a pie chart, line graph, and bar graph. PO Value by Supplier in K USD, PO Items by Delivery Schedule Date, and PO Items by Order Status.

PO Items by Delivery Schedule Date: Line graph is displayed by default

From the bar graph in the compact filter, select any supplier to view information such as purchasing document, item, supplier, material, scheduled date, and scheduled quantity.

You can access the Monitor Supplier Confirmations app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.


Technical Details

Table 215:

Product Feature is Enhancement


Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO


5.3.5 Monitor Purchase Order Items

Use

This feature enables you to monitor the status of purchase order items based on certain filter criteria. This existing app has been updated:

Visual filter introduced. This filter has 3 charts: a pie chart, line graph, and bar graph. PO Items by Delivery Status in K (thousands), PO Items by Delivery Schedule Dates in K, and PO Items by Order Status in K.

PO Items by Delivery Schedule Dates in K: Line graph is displayed by default

From the bar graph in the compact filter, select any material group to view information such as purchase order, item, material, supplier, next scheduled delivery date, and quantity.

Next scheduled delivery date is displayed in red only for those dates which have overshot the current date.

You can access the Monitor Purchase Order Items app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Table 216:

Product Feature is Enhancement


Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO


5.3.6 Redistribute Workload

Use



With this application, you can facilitate the purchaser to transfer the workload from one purchasing group to another, based on personnel availability. From the list of available or searched documents, you can select one or more multiple documents and reassign the purchasing group. You can access the Redistribute Workload app from the SAP Fiori Launchpad.

This app uses the business role SAP_BR_PURCHASER.

Technical Details

Table 217:

Technical Name of Product Feature Redistribute Workload





5.3.7 Manage Purchase Requisitions

The following features are now available for this app:

● Based on the suppliers operational scores and the price per item offered by the suppliers, you can compare the existing sources of supply, such as info record, scheduling agreement, or a contract, and assign them to purchase requisition items.

● RFQs created from one or more purchase requisition items can now be previewed and edited directly in the Manage RFQs app.

Technical Details

Table 218:







5.3.8 Manage Purchase Requisitions - Professional

With this feature, you can use cross-catalog search to search for items and can also add service items to a purchase requisition. You can also copy an existing purchase requisition to create a new purchase requisition.

Technical Details

Table 219:




Application Component MM-PUR-FIO-REQ


5.3.9 Default Settings for User

With this feature, you can maintain the plant and company code originating from the SAP ERP back-end systems in the SAP S/4HANA hub system. Depending on the plant and company code maintained in this app, search for a material in a purchase requistion (PR), simulation of PR, and replication of PR is enabled in the Create Purchase Requisition application.

Technical Details

Table 220:








5.3.10 Schedule Import of Catalog Data

Using this feature, you can import material catalogs from the SAP ERP back-end systems that are connected to SAP S/4HANA hub system. You can run the import multiple times if your primary import is not successful.

Technical Details

Table 221:






5.3.11 Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions

With this feature, you can use the flexible workflow for purchase requsitions, enabling you to optimize the approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.

Technical Details

Table 222:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Manage Workflows for Purchase Requisitions for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance.



5.3.12 Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders

With this feature, you can use the flexible workflow for purchase orders, enabling you to optimize the approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.

You can use the app Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders to determine the approver of the workflow, for example the manager of the last approver, or to directly assign a specific user. You can define start conditions for a workflow and for each approval step, and the order in which the start conditions of existing workflows are checked. You can add new steps to a workflow at any time.

You can add new workflows, and you can copy existing ones and modify them according to your requirements.

Technical Details

Table 223:



Application Component MM-FIO-PUR-PO (Fiori UI for Purchase Orders)



On the Fiori launchpad, you can find the configuration app Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders under Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution .

See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Operational Procurement Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance.

5.4 Invoice Management




5.4.1 Supplier Invoice Items by Account Assignment

With this feature, you can display supplier invoice items based on their account assignments. This concerns the relevant account types within invoice verification.

Technical Details

Table 224:



Application Component MM-FIO-IV (Fiori UI for Invoice Verification)


5.4.2 Supplier Invoices List


● Select and delete supplier invoices (for example with status Draft) in the list● Use date ranges for the Posting Date and Invoice Date fields

The account assignment data (for example Cost Center, WBS Element) was deleted from the Supplier Invoices List app. However, you can now use the Supplier Invoice Items by Account Assignment app.

Technical Details

Table 225:





5.4.3 Manage Supplier Invoices

This feature enables you now to park invoice documents or to save invoice documents as complete.


Technical Details

Table 226:





5.4.4 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices

With this feature, you can use the flexible workflow for supplier invoices, enabling you to optimize the approval process. The flexible workflow allows you to use either the automatic, one-step, or even multi-step approval.

You can use the app Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices to determine the approver of the workflow, for example the cost center responsible, or to directly assign a specific user. You can define start conditions for a workflow and for each approval step, and the order in which the start conditions of existing workflows are checked. You can add new steps to a workflow at any time.


Technical Details

Table 227:






On the Fiori launchpad, you can find the configuration app Activate Flexible Workflow for Supplier Invoices under Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution .



See Also

For more information, look for the section Sourcing and Procurement Invoice Management Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices for the relevant cloud edition under SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Product Assistance.

5.4.5 Upload Supplier Invoices

With this feature, you can upload electronic invoice documents that you have stored as files on your directory. You can now activate SAP S/4HANA Cloud for invoice processing by OpenText. If so, the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system uses OCR (Optical Character Recognition) to extract the invoice data from the uploaded files. The system either automatically posts one supplier invoice per file, or if posting is not possible, the system creates one draft invoice per file. Each uploaded file is linked as an attachment to the corresponding invoice.

NoteYou require an additional license to be able to use SAP S/4HANA Cloud for invoice processing by OpenText.

Technical Details

Table 228:


Country Dependency The supported countries for this solution are a subset of the SAP S/4HANA Cloud supported countries. Please check the Customer Guide for scope item Invoice processing by OpenText (1LE) for details.



5.5 Supplier and Category Management



5.5.1 OData Service for Procurement-Related Activities API

Use

This service enables you to read supplier activities from or in the SAP S/4HANA tenant.

The service is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

Technical Details

Table 229:



Application Component SLC-ACT


See Also


5.5.2 OData Service for Procurement-Related Tasks

Use

This service enables you to read supplier activity task from the SAP S/4HANA tenant.


Technical Details

Table 230:






Application Component SLC-ACT


See Also


5.5.3 OData Service for Evaluation Responses API

Use

This service enables a remote system to read supplier evaluation responses containing results of supplier evaluations per supplier from the SAP S/4HANA tenant.


Technical Details

Table 231:



Application Component SLC-EVL


See Also





5.5.4 OData Service for Purchasing Category API

Use

This service enables you to perform the following actions using the data provided in an API call:

● Create a purchasing category● Display detail data of a purchasing category● List purchasing categories according to specific selection criteria● Update specific data


Technical Details

Table 232:



Application Component SLC-CAT


Additional Information

Service nodes A_PurgCatPurchaserResponsibleType and A_PurgCatDescriptionType are mandatory if you want to perform the GET action.

See Also


5.5.5 Blocking Suppliers in Supplier and Category Management Applications

With this feature, you can block suppliers. If suppliers have been blocked, they can no longer be used in any Supplier and Category Management WebDynpro applications. The supplier data is not deleted, but it is no longer visible. Any supplier-related entries are displayed as Blocked Supplier and all supplier-related links are disabled.




Evaluation scorecards for the blocked suppliers are not displayed in the scorecards list in the Display Scorecards app.

This change is relevant for the following apps:

● Manage Activities● Monitor Tasks● Manage Templates

Supplier blocking via CDS view functions in the following apps:

● Manage Purchasing Categories● Display Scorecards● Quick Create for Procurement-Related Activities● Open Activities card on the Procurement Overview Page● Monitor Responses● Evaluate Suppliers● Monitor Responses

Technical Details

Table 233:



Application Component SLC-ACT, SLC-EVL, SLC-CAT


Additional Details

You require the business role SAP_BR_DATA_PRIVACY_SPECIALIST to block or unblock the suppliers. You require the business role BR_EXTERNAL_AUDITOR to display the blocked suppliers.

5.6 Spend Analysis



5.7.1 Scheduling Agreements in Procurement

Use


● Workflow for manage scheduling agreement● New SAP Fiori App for mass changes to scheduling agreements

Technical Details

Table 234:

Technical Name of Scope Item BMR






● Plants (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated)



Additional Details



See also


5.7.2 Procurement of Services

Use

This scope item enables an efficient steering and monitoring process for the procurement of services.

Technical Details

Table 235:

Technical Name of Scope Item 22Z

Scope Item is New



Additional Details




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BMR_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

See also


5.7.3 Procurement of Direct Materials

Use


● Enhance general limits: Enter service product during service entry● New SAP Fiori App for mass changes to purchasing info records● New SAP Fiori App to monitor supplier confirmations conversion to ALP● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 236:







● Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders (New)● Define Company Code, Plant and Logical System (New)● Define Material Group (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing (New)



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/22Z_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

● Plants (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated)● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group

Additional Details



See also


5.7.4 Consumable Purchasing

Use


● Enhancement of general limits: Enter service product during service entry● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 237:

Technical Name of Scope Item BNX








● Plants (Updated)● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group

Additional Details




See also


5.7.5 Purchase Contract

Use


Mass change to purchase contracts, which can be used to change contracts centrally.



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BNX_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 238:

Technical Name of Scope Item BMD






● Plants (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated)

Additional Details



See also


5.7.6 Third-Party Warehouse Management System Integration

Use

This scope item enables the integration of physical warehouses operated by third-party warehouse management solutions (Warehouse Management Systems, WMS) to SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management Cloud.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BMD_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 239:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZQ

Scope Item is New



Additional Details


Germany, USA

See also


5.7.7 SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content

Use

SAP S/4HANA for Legal Content is an application that information-enables legal departments in an organization. This application is designed for creation and management of legal content in enterprises and can be integrated into their core business processes.

Technical Details

Table 240:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XV

Scope Item is New



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1ZQ_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm





● Define Content Types (New)● Define Date Types (New)● Define Document Stamps (New)● Define Entity Types (New)● Define External Contacts (New)● Define Internal Contacts (New)● Define Linked Object Types (New)● Define Profiles (New)● Define Reminder Types (New)

See also


5.7.8 Real-Time Reporting and Monitoring for Procurement

Use


● New monitor purchase order item ALP● New monitor supplier confirmation ALP● Updates to the procurement OVP and monitor purchase contract item ALP


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1XV_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 241:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1JI




See also


5.7.9 Request for Price

Use

With this scope item, you can quickly create RFQs in the SAP S/4HANA system and send them to suppliers via e-mail or as a printed version by mail.

Technical Details

Table 242:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XF

Scope Item is New





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1JI_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Additional Details



See also


5.7.10 Requisitioning

Use


Technical Details

Table 243:

Technical Name of Scope Item 18J






New configuration user interface for flexible workflow of purchase requisition


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1XF_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also


5.7.11 Central Processing of Purchase Requisitions

Use

Procurement departments across all company sizes are continuing to centralize their procurement processes. This is done either on a global or a regional basis. Lead buying concepts are established where single buyers have the responsibility for global or regional spend categories. Further, there is also a trend to establish global or regional Shared Service Centers. Lead buying and Shared Service Center processes are both built on top of a centralized procurement system.

Technical Details

Table 244:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1XI

Scope Item is New



See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/18J_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1XI_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm



5.9 App Extensibility for Classic Applications

5.9.1 Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps


● Create Purchase Order - Advanced● Change Purchase Order - Advanced● Display Purchase Order

Technical Details

Table 245:



Application Component MM-PUR


See Also





5.10 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents

This feature enables you to make custom fields available in several apps including handing over data by using Business Scenarios for the following apps:

● Create Purchase Order - Advanced● Change Purchase Order - Advanced

Technical Details

Table 246:



Application Component MM-PUR-PO


See Also


5.11 Extensibility for the Adobe Output Forms of Purchasing Documents

This feature enables you to extend the Adobe output forms of the following purchasing documents according to your business needs:

● Goods Issue Individual Slip● Goods Issue Individual Slip with Inspection Text● Goods Receipt Label● Goods Issue Collective Slip● Goods Issue SC Individual Slip with Inspection Text● Physical Inventory Count List● Goods Receipt for PO Individual Slip● Goods Receipt for PO Individual Slip with Text● Goods Receipt for Order Individual Slip





● Goods Receipt for PO Collective Slip● Goods Receipt for PO Email Message● Goods Receipt for Order Individual Slip with Inspection Text● Goods Issue SC Individual Slip

Technical Details

Table 247:





See Also





6 Supply Chain

6.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment

6.1.1 OData API for Physical Inventory (Read, Create, Enter Count, and Post)

This service enables you to retrieve, create and process physical inventory documents. You can now perform the following operations using the data provided in an API call:

● Retrieve physical inventory documents● Create physical inventory documents● Count physical inventory document items● Post differences at header level● Post differences at item level

The service is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed by external systems and user interfaces.

Technical Details

Table 248:




Application Component MM-IM-PI



Supply Chain

See Also

This interface is also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com /).

6.1.2 OData Service for Material Stock API

This service enables you to retrieve material stock information using the data provided in an API call.

The service is based on the OData protocol, and can be consumed by external systems and user interfaces.

Technical Details

Table 249:



Application Component MM-FIO-IM


See Also


6.1.3 Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the purchase order with which you ordered the goods. If a material is delivered for a purchase order, it is important for all the departments involved that the goods receipt entry in the system references this purchase order.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order app, you can now do the following:

● You can extend the Post Goods Receipt for Purchase Order app according to your business needs (app extensibility).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Supply Chain P U B L I C 215


Technical Details

Table 250:



Application Component MM-FIO-IM-SGM


6.1.4 Manage Stock

With this feature, you can perform stock changes.

In the Manage Stock app, you can now do the following:

● You can scrap a material now also from the quality inspection stock. For this special form of scrapping you need special authorization in the context of a QM process (for example, the same authorization as an inventory manager).

Technical Details

Table 251:





6.1.5 Slow or Non-Moving Materials

With this feature, you can monitor and make time-dependent investigations of the slow or non-moving materials in your stock. Based on these results you can react immediately with follow-on activities such as scrapping or stock transfers.

This app supports you for example, as an inventory manager in your daily work, to achieve maximum inventory accuracy and subsequently to optimize the inventory situation in your stock.


Supply Chain

Technical Details

Table 252:





6.1.6 Stock Overdues - Stock in Transit

With this feature, you can get an overview of the overdue materials for which a stock transport order has been created. You can identify these materials to complete the stock transfer process or investigate potential problems.

In the Overdue Materials - Stock in Transit app, you can now do the following:

● Train a predictive model to predict the delivery date for an order. With this information, you get an impression if a goods receipt can be successfully completed in time. In the Predicted Deviation field the app displays the result of the calculated prediction for the potential deviation from the planned delivery date in days (plus / minus).Note, that this predictive model and the Predicted Deviation field is still in a beta stage and is currently not intended for productive use.

Technical Details

Table 253:





6.1.7 Overview Inventory Processing

The overview page Overview Inventory Processing enables the warehouse clerk to perform his daily tasks quickly and effectively without the need to open many different applications.


Detailed information and access to underlying Fiori apps via the following cards is available via the overview page:

● Recent Inventory Counts● Warehouse Throughput History● Recent Material Documents● Monitor Purchase Order Items● Overdue Materials - GR Blocked Stock● Outbound Delivery List● Inventory Delivery List

Technical Details

Table 254:





6.1.8 Post Goods Receipt for Delivery

With this feature, you can post the receipt of goods with reference to the inbound delivery.

The app proposes a selection of inbound deliveries and advanced shipping notifications from the supplier that can be posted.

In the Post Goods Receipt for Delivery app, you can now do the following:

● You can extend the Post Goods Receipt for Delivery app according to your business needs (app extensibility).

Technical Details

Table 255:






Supply Chain

6.1.9 Overview Inventory Management

The overview page Overview Inventory Management enables inventory managers to perform their daily tasks quickly and effectively without the need to open many different applications.

Detailed information and access to underlying Fiori apps via the following cards is available via the overview page:

● Stock Value by Stock Type● Stock Value by Special Stock Type● Warehouse Throughput History● Monitor Purchase Order Items● Recent Material Documents● Overdue Materials - GR Blocked Stock

Technical Details

Table 256:





6.1.10 Create Outbound Deliveries – From Sales Orders

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can create outbound delivery runs from a list of sales orders. This app also allows you to display logs with information related to your sales orders or deliveries. For example, if errors occur while you are creating deliveries, the system issues a message to the log. Similarly, the system issues a message to the log if you successfully create a delivery.

Technical Details

Table 257:





Application Component LE-SHP-FIO



This app replaces the Create Outbound Deliveries app. The Create Outbound Deliveries app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Create Outbound

Deliveries – From Sales Orders .

6.1.11 Analyze Delivery Logs

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can check the system messages that have been logged during the collective creation run of deliveries. If your attempt to create a delivery is unsuccessful, you can correct the issues that are mentioned in the log and then create a new delivery for the respective sales order using another app.

Technical Details

Table 258:






Supply Chain



This app replaces the Analyze Outbound Delivery Logs app. The Analyze Outbound Delivery Logs app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Analyze Delivery

Logs .

6.1.12 Manage Outbound Deliveries

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can display a list of all your outbound deliveries and click on each delivery to see its details, such as its weight and volume. Depending on the current goods issue status, you can post a goods issue for a delivery. If you need to make corrections to a delivery, you can easily reverse the goods issue posting and edit the respective documents. You can apply these actions to all selected deliveries at once. For deliveries that need to be picked, you can navigate to another app to perform this step.

Technical Details

Table 259:






See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Manage Outbound

Deliveries .




6.1.13 Pick Outbound Delivery

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can enter the results of the picking process for a specific delivery. The picking process involves taking goods from various storage bins and moving them to a staging area where they can be prepared for loading and shipping. This app shows you how many items are in the delivery, the delivery’s overall details, such as the gross weight, and the details of individual delivery items. Once you have entered the picking quantity of an item and the system has set the picking status to Completely Processed, you can then post a goods issue.

Technical Details

Table 260:






See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Pick Outbound

Delivery .

6.1.14 OData Service for Reading, Creating, Updating, and Deleting Outbound Deliveries

This service enables you to read, create, update, and delete outbound deliveries in an API call. You can also pick the items, post goods issue, and reverse goods issue. It is based on the OData protocol, and can be consumed in Fiori apps and on other user interfaces.


Supply Chain


Technical Details

Table 261:






To be able to access the APIs, an administrator needs to create a communication user, a communication system, and a communication arrangement in the Communication Management business catalog.

See Also



6.2.1 Quality Management in Procurement

Use


Defect monitoring leveraging SAP Fiori app



Technical Details

Table 262:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1FM




Additional Details



See also


6.2.2 Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration

Use

This scope item shows the Make-to-Stock Production with Variant Configuration in which Advanced Variant Configuration enables efficient state-of-the-art configuration for configurable products variants which reflect common definitions of a configurable material.

Technical Details

Table 263:



Supply Chain

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1FM_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


6.2.3 Make-to-Order Production with Variant Configuration

Use

This scope item shows a Make-to-Order Production scenario using the advanced variant configuration for an efficient state-of-the-art configuration of a material ordered by a customer.

Technical Details

Table 264:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1YT

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/21D_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also


6.2.4 Make-to-Stock Production - Repetitive Manufacturing

Use

In Repetitive Manufacturing, the master plan is represented by the planning table. The planning table is a tool for operative planning and is used to plan the production quantities: In a repetitive manufacturing environment, planning and control is usually carried out in a period and quantity basis. The layout of the planning table has been designed to support this requirement and is also based on periods to provide a very clear, easy-to-interpret overview of materials and production lines.

The planning table is the most important tool used by Production Planners / MRP Controllers to plan the production quantities. At a glance, the planner can check production quantities, monitor the available capacity of the production lines and check up on the availability of the products produced on each line.

You can directly enter and change production quantities in the planning table. You can assign ‘non-assigned’ production quantities to the production lines or you can reassign production quantities to alternative production lines.

You can use the planning table for planning with planned orders and production orders. The only prerequisite is that you must create a valid production version in the material master record.

Technical Details

Table 265:

Technical Name of Scope Item BJH



Supply Chain

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1YT_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm



Additional Details



See also


6.2.5 Demand-Driven Buffer Level Management

Use

This scope item is a key element in demand-driven replenishment that helps you plan and manage supply chains based on customer demand by strategically decoupling material flows and maintaining lower inventory using dynamically managed stock buffers for relevant products.

Technical Details

Table 266:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1Y2

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BJH_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also


6.2.6 Stock Transfer with Delivery

Use


ATP check: during stock transfer order creation, material availability can be checked.

Technical Details

Table 267:

Technical Name of Scope Item BME




Additional Details




Supply Chain

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1Y2_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

See also


6.2.7 Quality Management in Discrete Manufacturing

Use



Technical Details

Table 268:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1E1




Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BME_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1E1_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

6.2.8 Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing

Use


● Usage of the Make-to-Stock scenario for Manufacturing Execution system-relevant material● Only material which is flagged as MES relevant will be sent to a local customer shop floor system

Technical Details

Table 269:

Technical Name of Scope Item BJ5




Additional Details



See also



Supply Chain

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BJ5_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

6.2.9 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Inventory and Warehouse Management

Use

This scope item provides overview pages for Inventory and Warehouse Management. The focus of the analytical apps here is to ensure high throughput of the goods receipts and pickings with an uninterrupted inventory flow that creates for an optimal stock situation.

Technical Details

Table 270:

Technical Name of Scope Item BGG

Scope Item is New



See also


6.2.10 Quality Management in Sales

Use




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BGG_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 271:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MP




Additional Details



See also


6.3 Response and Supply Management

6.3.1 Basic Order Promising/ATP

6.3.1.1 Product Allocation (PAL)


Supply Chain

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1MP_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

6.3.1.1.1 Support Stock Transport Orders

The apps for Product Allocation (PAL) in advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) have been enhanced to support the document type stock transport order, in addition to the previously supported document type sales order.

Technical Details

Table 272:



Application Component CA-ATP-PAL


6.3.1.1.2 OData API for Product Allocation Object

You can use OData application programming interface API_PRODUCT_ALLOCATION_OBJECT_SRV to read data from product allocation objects as well as create characteristic value combinations and time series data based on data from external planning systems.

Technical Details

Table 273:





See Also

For more information about this OData application programming interface, see the SAP API Business Hub at https://api.sap.com/ .



6.3.1.1.3 OData API for Product Allocation Sequence

You can use OData application programming interface API_PRODUCT_ALLOC_SEQUENCE_SRV to read data for product allocation sequences, including material or product assignments. In addition, you can create or change assignments to product allocation sequences by uploading planning data from external planning systems.

Technical Details

Table 274:





See Also

For more information about this OData application programming interface, see the SAP API Business Hub at https://api.sap.com/ .

6.3.1.2 Backorder Processing (BOP)

6.3.1.2.1 Support Stock Transport Orders

The apps for Backorder Processing (BOP) in advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) have been enhanced to support the document type stock transport order, in addition to the previously supported document type sales order.

Technical Details

Table 275:



Supply Chain



Application Component CA-ATP-BOP


6.3.1.2.2 Release for Delivery

The Release for Delivery app has been enhanced to:

● Enable you to process sales order items with a specified storage location and/or batch.● Offer a constraint concept which enables you to display elements (for example, a specified storage location)

that impact the maximum possible confirmation for a sales order item.● Offer enhanced document synchronization that enables you to see the progress of sales orders updates and

delivery creation.● Enable key users to provide a custom calculation of the impact of being unable to confirm sales order items

fully.

Technical Details

Table 276:



Application Component CA-ATP-BOP




6.5 Extensibility in Supply Chain


7 R&D/Engineering

7.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

7.1.1 Project Financial Control

7.1.1.1 Manage Documents

Use

This feature enables you to view the status of documents based on filter criteria such as editing status, document number, document type, document version, document part, and document description.

You can access the Manage Documents app from the SAP Fiori launchpad.

Technical Details

Table 277:



Application Component CA-DMS



R&D/Engineering

7.1.1.2 Project Cost Report

This feature enables you to view non-aggregated costs of projects, configure two cost planning categories and use one category for calculation of variance. You can also enter the level to which a project tree has to be expanded, and view cost details of multiple projects or WBS elements from different projects and hierarchies.

Technical Details

Table 278:




Application Component PS-FIO-ANA



You maintain a financial statement version and a cost-related semantic tag combination to determine project costs. You do this in the Customizing Maintain Financial Statement Version for Project Cost Report under Project System Information System Costs/Revenue Information System Project Reporting (New) .

7.1.2 Project Monitoring

7.1.2.1 My Projects

With this app you can get an overview of all the projects to which you are assigned as a project manager. This includes both planned projects, which have not yet been released, and active projects, which have been released but not yet completed. Hence, the My Projects app supports you as a project manager to monitor your projects.

You get an overview on the details of your active projects, for example:

● Upcoming milestones● Cost information● Status information

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708R&D/Engineering P U B L I C 237

Technical Details

Table 279:




Application Component PPM-FIO (Fiori UI for Portfolio and Project Management)


Additional Details

You can navigate to the following apps to see more details of each single project:

● Project Briefs [page 239]● My Projects - Upcoming Milestones [page 238]● My Projects - Detailed Status [page 239]

7.1.2.2 My Projects - Upcoming Milestones

With this app you can display the upcoming and overdue milestones of the active projects to which you are assigned as a project manager. Hence, the My Projects - Upcoming Milestones app supports you as a project manager to monitor your projects.

You get an overview on the details of your active projects, for example:

● Main milestones● Upcoming milestones● Overdue milestones

Technical Details

Table 280:





R&D/Engineering



Additional Details

You can navigate to the Project Briefs [page 239] app to see more details of each single project.

7.1.2.3 My Projects - Detailed Status

With this app, you can display detailed status information about the active projects to which you are assigned as a project manager. The app lists all detailed statuses of your projects sorted by their status values and trend. It enables you to view at one glance which of your projects are at risk, the area in which the risk has been identified, for example, schedule, or cost, and the current trend.

Technical Details

Table 281:






Additional Details

By drilling down from a status entry to the Project Briefs [page 239] app, you can open the corresponding project brief for further analysis.

7.1.2.4 Project Briefs

With this app, you can edit and display key attributes of the projects that you have created or to which you are assigned as a project manager. You can display an overview of all your projects with summary information, for


example, on the milestones, overall status, and cost of each project. By drilling down to an individual project, you obtain further details, such as, all milestone dates, detailed status information, and the cost per period. You can add milestones while planning your project, or record dates and statuses during project execution. By documenting the progress and performance of your projects in this way, you summarize the information essential for project reviews in steering committee meetings.

Technical Details

Table 282:







You can use the self-service configuration app Set Project Status Area of Project Brief to define the areas for which a status can be maintained in the project brief, for example, schedule or cost.

7.2 Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries

7.2.1 Handover to Manufacturing

This feature enables you to create and maintain manufacturing bills of material (MBOMs) by selecting an engineering BOM (EBOM) and providing change number and MBOM details.

You can add, change, or delete an MBOM. On creation of every MBOM, a new planning scope alternative is created in SAP ERP.


R&D/Engineering

Technical Details

Table 283:



Application Component PLM-VEP-VMP


7.2.2 Characteristic Filtering for Classification

Use

This feature enables you to filter the displayed characteristics of a class during the classification of a business object using the SAP Fiori-based classification reuse UI component.

You can filter the displayed characteristics based on the following attributes:

● Has assigned values● Allows additional values● Read-only● Mandatory● Single- or multi-valued● Data type (character string / numeric / date / time)

Technical Details

Table 284:




Application Component PLM-FIO-CL



See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance R&D / EngineeringIntegrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Classification Reuse UI Component

7.2.3 Maintain Configurable Bills of Material (BOMs)

This feature enables you to search and maintain bills of material(BOMs) for configurable materials. For a configurable BOM, you can also maintain object dependencies using the classic application.

Technical Details

Table 285:




Application Component PLM-FIO-BOM


See Also

For more information, look for Maintain Bill of Material SAP Fiori app documentation under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1702> Product Assistance > Cloud Editions > SAP S/4HANA Enterprise Management Cloud > R&D / Engineering > Integrated Product Development for Discrete Industries

7.2.4 API for BOM Comparison

This feature enables you to compare two Bills of Material (BOMs) by comparing their BOM item attributes, which is based on OData service.


R&D/Engineering

Technical Details

Table 286:



Application Component LO-MD-BOM


Additional Details

API for BOM Comparison (API_BILLOFMATERIAL_COMPARISON) allows you to compare the following via OData service.

● Two different BOMs● Two alternatives of the same BOM● Two versions of an EBOM● Two instances of the same BOM based on the date validity

See Also


7.2.5 Simulate Configuration Models

Use

This feature enables you to search for configurable products and configured objects and start a configuration simulation with them. You can use the simulation to test and analyze your configuration model by configuring your object using the integrated characteristic value assignment screen and check whether your dependencies work. You can also display the configured BOM as the result of your configuration.



Technical Details

Table 287:




Application Component LO-VCH-FIO-SIM


See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance R&D / EngineeringIntegrated Product Development for Discrete Industries Advanced Variant Configuration Simulate Configuration Models

7.3 Integrated Product Development for Process Industries

7.3.1 Ingredient Management

This feature enables you to manage your ingredients and maintain their properties. You can create and manage the following items:

● Raw substances to use as ingredients in a recipe● Pure substances to build up the standard composition of ingredients● Nutrients and nutrient groups to describe the nutrient composition of raw substances, real substances,

stream substances, and property specifications● Allergens and allergen groups to specify the dietary information of raw substances, real substances, stream

substances, and property specifications● Diets and diet groups to specify the dietary information of raw substances, real substances, stream

substances, and property specifications● Genetically modified organisms (GMOs) and GMO groups, which you can maintain in substances and use in

recipes to check whether the output contains GMOs● Religious certificates and certificate groups, which you can maintain in substances and use in recipes to

specify whether the output complies with a given religion's rules


R&D/Engineering

Technical Details

Table 288:



Application Component PLM-WUI-RCP


See Also

For more information, look for the section Integrated Product Development for Process Industries under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance R&D/Engineering .

7.3.2 Recipe Formulation

This feature enables you to search and filter recipes with various search criteria. You can also perform the following tasks:

● Create and manage recipes, develop formulas and processes● Create and manage real substances, which you can use as the output of your recipe● Create and manage packages, which you can use in recipes● Manage stream substances, which you can use as intermediate products in recipes● Create property specifications, which you can use to store properties on a recipe level

Technical Details

Table 289:








See Also


7.3.3 Recipe Finder

This feature enables you to search and filter recipes that you are authorized to see based on a wide variety of search criteria, such as contained ingredients, recipe type, or plant. You can also save your search filters in a variant, and export your results to spreadsheets.

Technical Details

Table 290:



Application Component PLM-FIO-RCP


See Also


7.3.4 Handover to Manufacturing

This feature enables you to search and filter synchronization units with various search criteria. You can also create and update bills of material (BOMs) using a recipe as data source.


R&D/Engineering





Technical Details

Table 291:





See Also


7.3.5 Configurations in Recipe Development

With this feature you can configure recipe development using the following configuration apps:

● Allowed Units of Measure for RecipesThis app allows you to define units of measure for formula editing

● Units of Measure for Columns in In- and Output Views of RecipesThis app allows you to define units of measures on formula columns

● Specification Authorization Group and Category AssignmentThis app allows you to specify authorization groups, which help you to regulate access to objects or areas.

Technical Details

Table 292:








See Also

For more information, look for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana.

7.3.6 APIs for Recipe Development

This feature enables you to use the following APIs, which are based on OData services:

● API for Raw Substance (API_RAWSUSBTANCE)● API for Real Substance (API_REALSUBSTANCE)● API for Recipe Header and Formula (API_RECIPE)

Technical Details

Table 293:





Additional Details

These APIs allow you to do the following:

● API for Raw Substance (API_RAWSUBSTANCE)Read raw substance attributes via OData service, like header data or composition

● API for Real Substance (API_REALSUBSTANCE)Read real substance attributes via OData service, like header data or composition

● API for Recipe Header and Formula Items (API_RECIPE)Read recipe header data and formula items via OData service

See Also

These interfaces are also available in the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).


R&D/Engineering




7.4.1 Handover of Engineering Bill of Material to Manufacturing

Use

This scope item allows users to create a Manufacturing Bill of Material from an Engineering Bill of Material within the same step.

Technical Details

Table 294:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZI

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1ZI_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.2 Project Financial Control

Use


● New field “Project manager” in Project Builder● Enhanced reporting functionalities (design studio, bar charts, drilldown,…)● This scope item is now integrated with the Project Review in Steering Committee Meetings (1YF) scope item

Technical Details

Table 295:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NT




Additional Details



See also



R&D/Engineering

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1NT_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.3 Project Review in Steering Committee Meetings

Use

The process is specifically designed for project managers to steer their internal project, for example, R&D projects, through the company’s organization and keep all involved stakeholders (such as a steering committee) informed.

Technical Details

Table 296:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1YF

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1YF_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.4 Advanced Ingredient Replacement for Recipes

Use

This scope item provides advanced ingredient replacement for recipes powered by Recipe Finder.

Technical Details

Table 297:

Technical Name of Scope Item 22R

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



R&D/Engineering

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/22R_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.5 Set up Configurable Bill of Material using Variant Configuration

Use

Advanced variant configuration enables efficient modeling of your configurable product model with a configurable BOM.

Technical Details

Table 298:

Technical Name of Scope Item 22T

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/22T_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.6 Formulation - Recipe Development

Use

This scope item allows you to manage and develop product data for products based on recipes.

Technical Details

Table 299:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QC

Scope Item is New





● Units of Measure for Views of Recipes (New)● Allowed Units of Measure for Recipes (New)

Additional Details



See also



R&D/Engineering

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1QC_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.7 Recipe Handover to Production - Bill of Material

Use

This scope item covers the synchronization of development results with production by synchronizing the recipe to the bill of material.

Technical Details

Table 300:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QG

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1QG_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

7.4.8 Specification Management for Recipes

Use

This scope item supports the creation of specifications for product development and management.

Technical Details

Table 301:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1QA

Scope Item is New





● Specification Authorization Group and Category Assignment (New)

Additional Details



See also



R&D/Engineering

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1QA_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

8 Human Resources

8.1 Core HR and Payroll

8.2 Time and Attendance Management

8.2.1 Team Utilization

This feature enables you as line manager to use this app to view the average utilization of your team. It also gives you an overview of the team’s utilization and allows you to take actions on resources who are not utilized completely. You as line manager can further edit the timesheet of employee using this app.

Technical Details

Table 302:




Application Component CA-TS-S4



Human Resources

See Also

For more information about Team Utilization, seehttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance > Generic Information > Search > Starting Apps from the Search Results > Object Page Apps > Apps for Human Resources.

8.2.2 Timesheet on Behalf

With this feature, you as a project manager or line manager can record time on behalf of an employee (internal employee or contingent worker).

Technical Details

Table 303:





See Also

For more information about Notify Missing Time or Team Utilization, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance > Cloud editions > SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud > Human Resources > Time and Attendance Management.

8.2.3 Manage My Timesheet

This feature enables you to use the timesheet for:

● Recording time in smaller slots lesser than 30 minutes● Revoke approved time entries in case of contingent workers

You can now have a prefilled task list for the contingent workers.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Human Resources P U B L I C 259



Technical Details

Table 304:

Technical Name of Product Feature F1823





See Also

For more information about Manage My Timesheet , see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance > Cloud editions > SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud > Human Resources > Time and Attendance Management.


8.3.1 Business Event Handling

Use

Business event handling can enable applications, partners and customers to consume events related to all SAP S/4HANA business objects. This is based on publish-subscribe pattern where a central event handling component receives events from multiple senders.


Human Resources


Technical Details

Table 305:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NN

Scope Item is New



See also


8.3.2 Manage Documents

Use

This scope item provides a user intuitive way to search, create and edit documents associated to a business object, such as a product.

Technical Details

Table 306:

Technical Name of Scope Item 22P

Scope Item is New




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1NN_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Additional Details



See also


8.3.3 Time Recording - Project-Based Services

Use


● Team utilization for the Line Manager role● Flexible time slots to support additional time entries● Time Sheet on behalf of surrogate timesheets

Technical Details

Table 307:






Human Resources

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/22P_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm




Additional Details




See also






9 Asset Management

9.1 Maintenance Operations

9.1.1 Report and Repair Malfunction

You can use this app to easily report that a technical object has a malfunction, plan the required repair work, as well as document and confirm the maintenance work when it's done. The app has been enhanced with several new features such as an enhanced availability check, barcode scanning, a start/pause function, and the new tile Repair Malfunctions - My Job List.

Technical Details

Table 308:



Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)


Additional Details

Several work steps have been enhanced with new features:

● Add spare parts○ Use a barcode scanner to enter the ID of the required spare part.○ Use plus and minus buttons to increase or decrease the required material and view if the quantity of spare

parts you need are in stock in the relevant storage location or plant. Apart from purchase orders and reservations, this availability check also takes into account requirements from sales documents as well as requirements resulting from delivery notes.

○ Use a barcode scanner to display the maintenance order number when you pick up the reserved parts in the warehouse.


Asset Management

● Start/pause your work with partial time confirmation○ Start working, pause your work and document why you had to interrupt your work by selecting a reason

such as Waiting for Parts or Waiting for Approval.○ Confirm the time you have already been working on the job by creating partial confirmations. Whenever

you pause your work, the system proposes a value for the actual time effort.● Confirm the malfunction report

Determine one cause as the root cause in the malfunction details when you are confirming the malfunction report.

● View and change also malfunction reports that have not been created within the app● Repair Malfunctions - My Job List

Get a quick overview of all work items assigned to you or to your team by launching the Repair Malfunctions - My Job List tile. You can select a job assigned to them from the list, open the details of the job, and start or confirm the repair work.

See Also

For more information, see the app description in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Asset Management Maintenance Operations Report and Repair Malfunction .

9.1.2 Mass Schedule Maintenance Plans

As a maintenance planner, you can use this app to schedule all maintenance plans that are due within a specific time frame. This simplifies the creation of maintenance call objects for maintenance plans, especially if you need to schedule large numbers of maintenance plans.

You can view a list of all maintenance plans already scheduled within a certain time frame and generate new maintenance calls and call objects. You can specify scheduling options, such as the date and time for the system to start the scheduling and you determine maintenance plan options. You can enter a time frame within which the maintenance calls and call objects are to be generated, you can specify additional selection parameters for the maintenance plans and the technical objects and you determine the number of parallel processes if you use parallel processing for the automatic scheduling of maintenance plans.

Technical Details

Table 309:




What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Asset Management P U B L I C 265



See Also

For more information, see the app description in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Asset Management Maintenance Operations Mass Schedule Maintenance Plans .

9.1.3 Schedule Material Availability Check

As a maintenance planner, you can use this app to execute material availability checks for several maintenance orders at runtime or schedule these checks as a recurrent batch job.

The system checks whether the components required for a maintenance order are available and updates the availability status in the orders accordingly. If you schedule the availability check as a batch job, a report displays all error and warning messages that occurred during the checking process, as well as the system and user statuses of the orders.

Technical Details

Table 310:



Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance


See Also

For more information, see the app description in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Asset Management Maintenance Operations Mass Schedule Material Availability Check .

9.1.4 Technical Object Breakdowns

As a maintenance planner or maintenance technician you can use this feature to analyze the causes of a particular breakdown more closely and calculate the distribution of duration of the various breakdowns or repairs. You can


Asset Management



also find out the cause behind a short or long breakdown period, or the period between two consecutive breakdowns.

With this feature, you can also perform the following tasks:

● View important key performance indicators, such as number of breakdowns observed, mean time between repair, and mean time to repair

● Drill down into leading notifications for more detailed information● Identify the possible functional location where an equipment has failed● Filter breakdowns based on various criteria

Technical Details

Table 311:





See Also

For more information, see the app description in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Asset Management Maintenance Operations Technical Object Breakdowns .

9.1.5 Finding Technical Objects and Maintenance Execution

With this feature you can find technical objects, maintenance notifications, maintenance orders and operations, and maintenance order confirmations in your system. You can list and filter the objects by various properties or you can use a free-text search.

You can display individual objects to view their properties, set their statuses where appropriate, and navigate to other assigned objects.

This feature is achieved with 5 apps that you can access from the Fiori Launchpad:

● Find Technical Object● Find Maintenance Notification● Find Maintenance Order● Find Maintenance Order and Operation● Find Maintenance Order Confirmation



Technical Details

Table 312:





See Also

For more information, see the relevant app descriptions in the Product Assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Asset Management Maintenance Operations Finding Technical Objects and Maintenance Execution .

9.1.6 Simplified Management of EAM Functions 7

This business function enables you to use various features for processing maintenance documents on the SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance that up to now were only available in SAP GUI transactions.

Technical Details

Table 313:





Additional Details

For more information about the functions that are included in the business function (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_7), see the following product feature release notes:

● Adding Objects to the Maintenance Order Object List [page 269]


Asset Management


● Maintenance Plan Call Information in Order List, and Order and Operation List (for Web UI) [page 270]● Display PM Activity Type in Notification (for Web UI) [page 271]

9.1.6.1 Adding Objects to the Maintenance Order Object List

This product feature enables you to add technical objects, maintenance notifications, materials, assemblies, and serial numbers to the object list while processing a maintenance order on the SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance.

Technical Details

Table 314:





Required Business Function

Simplified Management of EAM Functions 7 (LOG_EAM_SIMPLICITY_7)

Additional Details

When you create or change a maintenance order, you can assign maintenance notifications, technical objects, assemblies, materials, and serial numbers. Up to now, on the SAP Web UI, the object list only displayed the header notification and all the objects that have been assigned to that maintenance order on the Objects tab page in the relevant SAP Gui transactions. With this product feature, you can now add and remove objects directly on the Object List tab page. This means that technical objects, assemblies, materials, and serial numbers are assigned to the maintenance order on header level.

The header notification still has to be created or assigned on the General Data tab page. The system displays the header notification on the Object List tab page and selects the Header Notification checkbox. However, you can assign additional maintenance notifications directly on the Object List tab page.

The system does not create order operations automatically if you assign maintenance notifications.

In addition to being able to add new entries to the object list, you can also remove assigned objects.



Up to now, you could use the Object List tab page only in display mode and the table rows were greyed out. This product feature enables you to create new table row entries and offers a Delete button to remove entries from the list. Furthermore, the new checkbox Header Notification allows you to identify the header notification.

9.1.6.2 Maintenance Plan Call Information in Order List, and Order and Operation List (for Web UI)

With this product feature, you can list the maintenance plan call number, call status, completion date, call date, and planned date of maintenance plan scheduled calls in the Order List, and Order and Notification List worklists in the Order and Notification Information Center application.

You can open this application in the SAP NetWeaver Business Client, with the Work Overview menu item.

This feature enables maintenance planners to easily compare the dates of the order and the dates of the relevant maintenance call, to prove that all obligatory maintenance activities have been started before or on the date specified in the maintenance plan. If an accident happens, this can prove that the company has done every precaution, and therefore legally is not at fault.

Technical Details

Table 315:








Asset Management

9.1.6.3 Display PM Activity Type in Notification (for Web UI)

Adding Objects to the Maintenance Order Object List

This product feature enables you to set the PM Activity Type parameter for maintenance plans and notifications. Previously this parameter was only available for orders. With this new feature, if you set the PM Activity Type for a maintenance plan, and then that plan generates a notification, the new notification would inherit the set PM Activity Type. If you create a new order for a notification with a set PM Activity Type, the new order would inherit this attribute.

Technical Details

Table 316:








9.2.1 Service Contract

Use

Lease contracts describe contractual agreements between two partners: the lessor and the lessee. This scope item helps you standardize and automate your lease service credit contract management activities, like creating


and managing new contracts, setting helpful reminder rules and running reports that help you save time and effort and make more informed lease management decisions.

Technical Details

Table 317:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details


Germany, Japan, Spain, USA

See also


9.2.2 Preventive Maintenance

Use


Available-to-Promise (ATP) check is an integral part of the business process when creating maintenance orders. It ensures that enough parts for processing the maintenance are available.


Asset Management


Technical Details

Table 318:

Technical Name of Scope Item BJ2




Additional Details



See also


9.2.3 Corrective Maintenance

Use


Available-to-Promise (ATP) check is an integral part of the business process when creating maintenance orders. It ensures that enough parts for processing the maintenance are available.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BJ2_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 319:

Technical Name of Scope Item BH1




Additional Details



See also


9.2.4 Lease-In Accounting

Use

Lease contracts describe contractual agreements between two partners: the lessor and the lessee. This scope item helps you standardize and automate your lease-in credit contract management activities, like creating and managing new contracts, setting helpful reminder rules and running reports that help you save time and effort and make more informed lease management decisions.


Asset Management

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BH1_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Technical Details

Table 320:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1T6

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


9.2.5 Lease-Out Accounting

Use

Lease contracts describe contractual agreements between two partners: the lessor and the lessee. This scope item helps you standardize and automate your lease-out debit contract management activities, like creating and managing new contracts, setting helpful reminder rules and running reports that help you save time and effort and make more informed lease management decisions.

Technical Details

Table 321:

Technical Name of Scope Item 21Q


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1T6_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


9.2.6 Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 322:


Scope Item is New




Asset Management

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/21Q_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also




10 Integration

10.1 Master Data Replication

10.2 Business Network Integration

10.3 SAP Ariba Invoice Management: Posting of Non-PO Invoices to Assets

When performing invoice verification in SAP Ariba Invoice Management, you can now post invoices without purchase order reference to assets. The Asset tab is available in the Display Supplier Invoice (Advanced) app in SAP S/4HANA Cloud. On this tab, you see the posting information that was entered in SAP Ariba Invoice Management.

Technical Details

Table 323:



Application Component BNS-INT-ARI



Integration


10.4.1 Mass Maintenance for Business Partner

Use


● Mass maintenance for business partner relationships● Technical mechanisms to avoid concurrent changes within the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system

Technical Details

Table 324:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1RK




See also


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Integration P U B L I C 279

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1RK_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

10.4.2 Mass Maintenance for Product

Use


● Technical mechanisms to avoid concurrent changes within the SAP S/4HANA Cloud system

Technical Details

Table 325:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1RM




See also



Integration

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1RM_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

11 Cross Components

11.1 Product Master

11.1.1 Create Alternate UoM for Product

Create Alternate UoM for Product using SAP CoPilot

Use

You can use the SAP CoPilot app to create alternate unit of measure (UoM) for an existing product from anywhere within the Fiori launchpad. This gives the user the benefit of creating alternate UoM's for a product without navigating to the Product Master app. To create alternate UoM for an existing product, you must mandatorily specify values such as product number, conversion factor for the alternate UoM, and the numeric value for the base UoM.

You can perform this task if you have the business catalog role SAP_CMD_BC_PR_MAINT_PC:

Technical Details

Table 326:



Application Component LO-MD-MM


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Cross Components P U B L I C 281

See Also

For more information about the Create Alternate UoM for Product, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708Product Assistance Master Data Product Master Create Alternate UoM for Product

11.1.2 CoPilot: Product Quick View

CoPilot App for Product Quick View

Use

You can use the SAP CoPilot app for a quick view of a specified product. Using this feature, a user can view the basic details about a product (Product Number, Product Type, Product Category, Product Group, and Base Unit of Measure). You can perform the task if you have the business catalog SAP_CMD_BC_PR_MAINT_PC.

Technical Details

Table 327:





See Also

For more information about the Quick View see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product AssistanceMaster Data Product Master CoPilot: Product Quick View

11.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier


Cross Components



11.2.1 Payment Hub Integration

With Payment Hub integration, you can maintain payment card master data in Customer Master. You can add, edit and delete Payment Cards by using Payments Cards facet.

Technical Details

Table 328:



Application Component LO-MD-BP-CM


See Also

For more information about the this feature, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product AssistanceMaster Data Business Partner Customer Master .

11.2.2 Compressed Create

When you create a customer or supplier master data, you will be presented with a dialog box that contains a set of mandatory fields for ease of creation. This saves your time in creating new master records. You can maintain the details of the customer master or supplier master on the details page.

Technical Details

Table 329:



Application Component LO-MD-BP




11.2.3 OData for Business Partner

The OData service for Business Partner (API_BUSINESS_PARTNER) supports extensibility. You can extend certain entities by using the app Custom Fields and Logic (available on SAP Fiori Launchpad). It is also possible to perform mass processing in multiple change-set requests.

Technical Details

Table 330:

Technical Name of Product Feature

Product Feature is

Country Dependency


Availability

Additional Details






Cross Components

See Also

11.2.4 Search Terms

Search Term 1 and Search Term 2 denote the terms that you define for a business partner, and via which you can restrict the search for a business partner in the search, or in the locator. You can enable search terms in Customer Master and Supplier Master using Adapt Filters General Information - Name .

Technical Details

Table 331:





11.3 Mass Maintenance of Master Data

This feature enables you to use mass maintenance for business partner relationships. You can do this with the relationships of business partners that are already in the system.

Technical Details

Table 332:




Application Component CA-MDG-CMP



11.4 Analytics

11.4.1 Create Tile

Use

With this app, you can create tile visualizations for an active evaluation.

Technical Details

Table 333:



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-DT

CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


Additional Details

Enhanced this app with the following features:

● The value of measure configured while creating an KPI is now displayed on the tile after publishing.● Added Maintain Languages field which allows you to create and display tile in multiple languages.

See Also

For more information, look for the section Create Tile, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .


Cross Components


11.4.2 Configure Drill-Down

Use


Technical Details

Table 334:



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-DT

CA-GTF-SB-S4H-RT


Additional Details

Enhanced this app to configure a mini tile with Analysis Path Framework along with Generic option. The Generic option allows you to choose a tile format for visualization. The Analysis Path Framework option allows you to select a semantic object, action, configuration, and a tile format for visualization.

See Also

For more information, look for the section Configure Drill-Down, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Smart Business Modeler Apps .

11.4.3 Publish Report




Technical Details

Table 335:



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-REP


Additional Details

Added Maintain Languages field to create and display tiles in multiple languages.

See Also

For more information, look for the section Publish Report, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Report Modeler Apps .

11.4.4 Configure Report Drill-Down

With this app, you can configure the generic drill-down application with various charts at design time and display the charts at runtime. The visualization can be sorted based on the measure and dimensions of the report.

Technical Details

Table 336:



Application Component CA-GTF-SB-S4H-REP



Cross Components


Additional Details

Enhanced this app to include a maximum of 2 views in either chart or table format for a drill-down configuration.

See Also

For more information, look for the section Configure Report Drill-Down, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics SAP Report Modeler Apps .

11.4.5 View Browser

With this app, you can search, browse, and tag analytical and non-analytical queries.

Technical Details

Table 337:



Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-VB


Additional Details

Enhanced the app with the following features:

● Included Maintain Languages field to maintain and view the title and description in other languages. You can also edit and delete the title and subtitle.

● Manage analytical queries [create, open, and copy] for SAP released and customer queries from View Browser.







See Also

For more information, look for the section View Browser, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information Analytics .

11.4.6 Date Function

This feature enables you to displays all the predefined (by SAP) and userdefined date functions.

Technical Details

Table 338:



Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-DF


Additional Details

Enhanced this app with Maintain Languages which allows you to create and view the title and subtitle of the date functions in other languages.


Cross Components


See Also


11.4.7 Create Tile for SAP Analytics Cloud Stories

This feature enables you to create a tile in S/4HANA for the dashboard or Business Object Story. This feature allows you to launch the BOC stories directly from the app.

Technical Details

Table 339:



Application Component CA-GTF-VDM-BOC


Additional Details

You can use this app for the following:

● View Stories: Displays the BOC stories that you are authorized to access.● Create Fiori Application

You can create Fiori application ID for selected SAP Analytics Cloud Story and publish the same using Custom Catalog Extension app. The tile once published is available in the catalog and can be added to home page. You can edit the title and subtitle of analytic cloud story.You can delete the tile if the tile is not published to the catalog. If the tile is published to the catalog, you must remove and revoke the story from Custom Catalog Extension app.

● Analytics Cloud Story Status: The Published Status column displays the status of the created Analytics Cloud Story.

● You can preview the Analytics Cloud story by choosing a row and the story opens in a new tab.



See Also



11.5.1 Output Management

Use


● Extend or customize email form templates for SAP S/4HANA output management● Set up print queues in the Cloud● Use print queues in the output management business rule framework (BRF+)

Technical Details

Table 340:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1LQ




See also



Cross Components


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1LQ_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

11.5.2 Engineering Change Management with Change Records

Use

SAP Engineering Change Management with Change Records flexibly supports the management of engineering changes with workflow support.

Technical Details

Table 341:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NF

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1NF_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

11.5.3 Key User Extensibility

Use


● Add custom field to Web GUI for HTML● Translate custom field into another language● Code list● Create code list for reuse in business object● Assign custom code list to custom business object● Add custom node list to custom business object● Add and enable Core Data Services (CDS) view for use in custom analytic query● Create custom query with custom CDS view as a data view● Transport custom extensions to a production system

Technical Details

Table 342:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1N9




See also



Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1N9_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

11.5.4 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Contact Person

Use

This scope item synchronizes the Contact Person from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to GTS on-premise.

Technical Details

Table 343:

Technical Name of Scope Item 24F

Scope Item is New



See also


11.5.5 Integration to SAP Global Trade Services

Use

With this scope item, you can synchronize master data from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to SAP Global Trade Services on-premise for Customer, Supplier, Material Master, and Address.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/24F_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 344:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WA

Scope Item is New



See also


11.5.6 Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud

Use

The integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud allows the automatic process of bills originating from SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud sent to SAP S/4HANA SD Billing as an external billing document request (EBDR).

Technical Details

Table 345:

Technical Name of Scope Item 2AP

Scope Item is New



See also



Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1WA_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/2AP_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

11.5.7 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Document Transfer

Use

This scope item facilitates document transfer from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to GTS on-premise.

Technical Details

Table 346:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




11.5.8 SAP Global Trade Services Integration - Bill of Materials

Use

This scope item synchronizes the Bill of Material from SAP S/4HANA Cloud to GTS on-premise.

Technical Details

Table 347:

Technical Name of Scope Item 24H

Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also



Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/24H_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

11.5.9 Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use


● Display and write data through a whitelisted API● Develop and deploy Java application in SAP Cloud Platform

Technical Details

Table 348:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1RW




See also


11.5.10 Integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP BusinessObjects Cloud

Use

Configure integration between SAP Analytics Cloud for Planning to SAP S/4HANA in the Public Cloud.


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1RW_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 349:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1YB

Scope Item is New



See also


11.5.11 Responsibility Determination

Use

This scope item covers the process of determining the correct contact for various contexts to address tasks and activities along the working structure defined via Tasks, Activities, Workplaces, Location, Production Lines or other Enterprise Structure types.

Technical Details

Table 350:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NJ

Scope Item is New




Cross Components

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1YB_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm



● Define Function Profiles (New)● Define Functions (New)● Define Team Categories (New)● Define Team Types (New)

See also


11.5.12 Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File

Use


● New migration objects● Better documentation● Increased tool capabilities

Technical Details

Table 351:





See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1NJ_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BH5_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

11.6 Custom CDS Views

● Standard fields added by extensibility can be used in the custom CDS view app.● Queries are not displayed in the CDS view list.● Status Released is displayed for SAP views.● Cardinality of on-condition can be overwritten manually.● Comparison operators can be used in the on-condition.● The alias of the primary data source can be changed.● Custom CDS views without a key can be created.

Technical Details

Table 352:



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-GKE



● Queries are not displayed in the CDS view list.● Status Released is displayed for SAP views.

See Also

For more information, look for the section Custom CDS Views for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708: Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User

Extensibility .


Cross Components



11.7 Custom Analytical Queries

Use

● Support for unit and currency conversion● Display status of ICF node● Integration with View Browser application.

Technical Details

Table 353:




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-AQD


Additional Details


● Activation of ICF node takes sometime. Hence the updated status is now displayed on the UI.● Added a new option under Display section to Add Converted Measure for supporting unit and currency

conversions for the required fields.● You can now open, create, and copy analytical queries from View Browser application.

See Also

For more information about details to be aware of when and how to use these fields, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1611 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User ExtensibilityCustom Analytical Queries Configuring Fields of the Query


11.8 Custom Fields and Logic

Technical Details

Table 354:




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-FLD


Additional Details


The app has been enhanced with the new Data Source Extensions tab. With this tab, users can now create their own data source extensions to retrieve the values of additional standard fields in data sources delivered by SAP.

The app has also been enhanced with the new field type Association to Business Object. When creating a new field, you can now use this field type to assign your field to an existing business object. When making this field visible in the runtime UI, value help is provided, allowing you to select from the existing business object instances. If the runtime UI switches to Display mode, the field becomes a link and allows forward navigation to the runtime UI of the associated business object instance. By clicking on the business object link in the editing screen for your field, you can open the associated business object in the Custom Business Objects app.


None


None


Cross Components


None

See Also

For more information, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic InformationGeneral Functions for the Key User Extensibility Custom Fields and Logic How to Create Data Source Extensions

11.9 Extensibility Inventory

This app enables you to display an overview of your extensibility items and to view associations or dependencies between various extensibility items. You can thus gauge how importing or exporting a given extensibility item would affect other extensibility items.

Technical Details

Table 355:




Application Component BC-SRV-APS-EXT-SL


See Also

For more information, look for the section Extensibility Inventory for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key UserExtensibility Extensibility Inventory





11.10 Business Role Templates

This app provides an overview of the business role templates delivered by SAP. You can see at a glance if any templates have changed, which roles are based on these templates and whether you need to update them accordingly.

Technical Details

Table 356:



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-IAM


See Also

For more information, look for the section Business Role Templates for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708: Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key User

Identity and Acess Management .

11.11 Extensibility

11.11.1 Extensibility Cockpit

This app enables you to view all the extensible objects that correspond with a business context after you select an edition, solution scope, and one or more scope items.


Cross Components



Technical Details

Table 357:



Application Component CA-GTF-EI



A system administrator must complete the required configuration so that users can view data in the app. For more information, see the Customer Guide.

See Also

For more information about Extensibility Cockpit, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product AssistanceGeneric Information Extensibility Extensibility Cockpit

11.12 Responsibility Management

11.12.1 Manage Teams and Responsibilities

You can add values for responsibility definitions assigned to teams.

The name of the app is changed from Maintain Teams and Responsibilities to Manage Teams and Responsibilities.

Technical Details

Table 358:



Country Dependency All

Application Component CA-GTF-RM



The following self-service configuration apps are available under Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution :

● Define Functions● Define Function Profiles● Define Team Categories● Define Team Types

See Also

For more information about Manage Teams and Responsibilities, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information Manage Teams and Responsibilities .

11.13 Business Event Handling

The following APIs are available for business event handling:

● OData for Business Event Service Queue● OData for Subscription Management

11.13.1 APIs for Business Event Handling

● OData for Business Event Service QueueWith this service, you can read the event queue that contains a list of business events that have been triggered. The content of the event is limited to a generic base data, but does not contain any applicationspecific data due to security constraints. You can also view the data relevant to the business object type. Each business object type has one or more key fields.

● OData for Subscription Management


Cross Components

With this service, you can subscribe to business event objects. You can also manage all the active and inactive subscriptions. It is based on the OData protocol and can be consumed in Fiori Apps and on other user interfaces.Managing the subscriptions include the following:○ Creating subscriptions○ Deleting subscriptions○ Activating subscriptions○ Deactivating subscriptions○ Changing the priority of subscriptions

If an event is triggered when you subscribe to a business object, then it is recorded in the event queue table.This service enables you to read the event queue that contains a list of triggered business events. The content of the event is limited to a generic base data but does not contain any applicationspecific data due to security constraints. You can also view the data relevant to the business object type. Each business object type has one or more key fields.

Technical Details

Table 359:



Application Component CA-GTF-BEH


These interfaces are also available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com/).

11.14 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting

11.14.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports

Name of app changed from Run Statutory Reports to Run Advanced Compliance Reports.

Technical Details

Table 360:




Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-RUN


Additional Details

The Run Advanced Compliance Reports app is built on an extensive feature-rich framework that can support the compliance reporting requirements of several countries. Here is the list of new features enabled in Run Advanced Compliance Reports app:

● Flexible Reporting LevelsSAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allows you to submit tax reports at different reporting levels via the use of organizational units. The reporting levels currently supported in advanced compliance reporting, for both classic and enhanced modes, are - company code, business place, jurisdiction code, and section code. This feature allows you to use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to submit reports for countries that require reporting at these additional levels. For example, Canada tax authorities require tax reporting at company code and tax jurisdiction levels. You can set values for the reporting levels while configuring the reporting entity. The assigned values get defaulted when you run the reports. You can assign the organizational units to the report categories in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app.

● Data PreviewSAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting supports generation of multiple output formats, such as, XML, XBRL, TXT, and so on. The data preview option in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app allows you to visualize and interpret complex output formats in a user-friendly and consistent manner. With data preview feature, you can -○ View repeatable elements in a table format, and non-repeatable elements in a form layout. If a repeatable

element in a table has child nodes, the child node is displayed as a link. You can use the link to view the child node details in a separate view.

○ Mouse-over on labels, and view the documentation for the respective elements. Note, that you can view documentation for an element only if the relevant information is available in the schema.

○ View element attributes as links. You can see the attribute names and values using the available links.● Manual Adjustment

SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allows you can make manual changes to the document data after the document has been generated. With the manual adjustment feature, you can -○ Manually adjust the legal files before submitting it to the authorities. After the manual changes, you can

regenerate the output format.○ View a detailed log of all the changes made. You can use the change log for audit trail purposes.○ Easily identify the changed elements as the updated elements appear highlighted.○ Mouse over the changed elements to view details such as - last changed by, last changed value, and the

original value.○ At any point go back to the original version of the document, by choosing the Reset option.


Cross Components

NoteAs you can manually adjust data only at the file level, we recommend that you do manual adjustment of data only in scenarios where you cannot modify data in the system, or if the data is not available in the system.

See Also

For more information about this app, see the product assistance of SAP S/4HANA 1708 Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under Generic Information Advanced Compliance Reporting .

11.14.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports

Name of app changed from Define Statutory Reports to Define Advanced Compliance Reports.

Technical Details

Table 361:



Application Component FI-LOC-SRF-DEF


Additional Details

Here is the list of new features enabled for the Define Advanced Compliance Reports are:

● Create Report CategoriesThe Define Advanced Compliance Reports app provides you with preconfigured report categories. You can choose to use the existing report categories, or create new report categories based on your business requirements. You can set properties, rules, and assign organizational units to the report category.

● Reference Report DefinitionsReference report definitions in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allow you to extend an existing report definition, both SAP standard as well as the ones created in your namespace. You can extend a report definition by assigning a reference report definition to it. Extending a report definition allows you to reuse and modify the existing report definitions based on your own requirements, and also consistently get the out-of-the-box changes delivered by SAP.


When you create a new report definition, you can choose to create a report with reference. The new report definition inherits the properties, parameters, queries, document definitions, correspondence definitions, events, and so on of the reference report definition. The inheritance status for each of the inherited attributes can be Inherited, Redefined, Not Inheritable, or New.○ Inherited: Indicates that the attribute has been inherited as is from the reference report definition. Any

change made in the inherited attribute in the reference report definition, gets reflected in the new report definition.

○ Redefined: Indicates that the attribute's inherited value has been changed in the new report definition. You can no longer inherit the values from the reference report definition, but you can change the status to Inherited anytime to inherit the values from the reference report definition.

○ Not Inheritable: Indicates that the attribute cannot be further inherited by any report definitions that extend this report definition. However, you can change the status to Inherited anytime to inherit the values from the reference report definition.

○ New: Indicates that the attribute has been created new in the new report definition.● Upload and Download Report Definitions

When you want to use your report definitions across multiple systems, you can use the upload and download feature of the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You can also use the download feature to create a backup of your report definition..

● Enable Data Preview ModeYou can configure your output documents to be viewed in a user-friendly and consistent format by using the Visualization Mode option. You can enable the data preview mode by setting the Visualization Mode as Read-Only in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You can enter labels for elements and attributes while performing the mapping for a report definition. The labels appear in the data preview mode in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports. Note that you can currently provide labels only in English.

● Enable Manual AdjustmentYou can configure your output documents to be manually editable in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app by using the Visualization Mode option. You can enable manual adjustment by setting the Visualization Mode as Editable in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app.

See Also

For more information, go to the product assistance of SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 under Generic InformationAdvanced Compliance Reporting .

11.15 Legal Content Management

Legal Content Management (LCM) provides a suite of applications designed for the creation and the management of legal content in enterprises that can be integrated into all core business processes and stores all types of documents in a single repository.

Legal Content Management enables customers to manage all cross application processes related to the creation and governance of legal content. Legal content is produced as a result of various business scenarios in a company, such as procurement processes or sales and distribution as well as policies or intercompany agreements. LCM


Cross Components

provides a central repository and single source of truth for all legal documents, such as contracts, policies, and non-disclosure agreements. LCM offers full traceability of signatures, and responsibilities (internal and external).

Technical Details

Table 362:




Application Component LCM


Additional Details

To access the apps that are provided for Legal Content Management, perform the following steps:

1. Assign the user with the SAP_BR_BPC_EXPERT business role.2. Log on the Fiori Launchpad.3. Select Manage your Solution.4. Click the Realize phase.5. Click Configure Your Solution.6. Locate Account Determination and click Start.


Before you can use the apps, you need to make some basic configuration settings to adapt the system to your specific requirements. You maintain these configuration in the SAP Fiori Launchpad of your SAP S/4HANA Cloud system under Implementation Cockpit Manage Your Solution Configure Your Solution .

11.16 Personalized Search

This feature enables you to track user(s) search activities. The search data is retained in the database and the data collected in the database will be used by the Enterprise Search to rank userspecific search results. You can also disable to track the search activities.

You can enable or disable the search by choosing an general option or with user's approval or rejection.


Technical Details

Table 363:



Application Component CA-GTF-HSB


See Also

For more information, look for the section Personalized Search, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708Product Assistance Generic Information Search .

11.17 Application Jobs

The Application Jobs app now includes job templates that allow you to schedule and run jobs that send or print recurring correspondence documents such as open items lists and account statements.

Technical Details

Table 364:



Application Component BC-SRV-APS-APJ





Cross Components


12 Country Specifics

12.1 China

12.1.1 Finance

12.1.1.1 Configuration for Cash Flow Statements

With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Cash Flow Statements in China. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

● Define Sequence for Sorting Line Items by G/L Account NumberSpecify in which order the Cash Flow Statements app sorts the complex accounting document line items (by G/L account).

● Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account DeterminationDefine and activate a non-leading ledger for offsetting account determination and other related reports.

Technical Details

Table 365:


Country Dependency Valid for China

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-CN


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Country Specifics P U B L I C 315

See Also


12.1.1.2 Configuration for Official Document Numbering

With this feature, you can make settings in the following self-service configuration apps for the Official Document Numbering in China. These self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

● Activate Document Numbering for Company CodeActivate the function of generating official document numbers for a company code.

● Maintain Settings for Clearing Documents Without Line ItemsMaintain settings so that the system does not generate official document for clearing accounting documents without line items.

● Maintain Number GroupsDefine number groups in order to maintain your official document number ranges in the system.

● Maintain Document ClassesMaintain settings so that the system numbers the Financial Accounting (FI) documents with an official document number from a year-dependent number range.

● Assign Number Group to Company CodeMaintain settings so that when you assign number range intervals to one or more document classes, the system issues official document numbers in accordance with the Chinese requirements.

● Assign Document Classes to Document TypesAssign each document class to the appropriate accounting document types.

Technical Details

Table 366:






Country Specifics

See Also


12.2 France

12.2.1 Finance

12.2.1.1 Configuration for Advanced Compliance Reporting

With this self-service configuration app, you can perform the actions required to set up your compliance reports using SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting.

Technical Details

Table 367:


Country Dependency Valid for France



Additional Details

Using the self-service configuration app, you can:

● Define Reporting Entities for Statutory Reporting● Assign Report Categories to a Reporting Entity


● Set Periodicity of Report Category● Change Use of Report Definition● Enter Parameters Specific to the Report Category● Set Validity of Organizational Unit● Assign Organizational Unit to a Reporting Entity● Enter Parameters Specific to Reporting Entities

See Also

For more information about the Manage Your Solution app, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Generic Information Implementation Tools Manage Your Solution .

12.3 Hungary

12.3.1 Finance

12.3.1.1 Configuration for Domestic Sales and Purchases List

This feature enables you to make settings in the Define Percentages for Sales Tax Codes self-service configuration app for the domestic sales and purchases list in Hungary. This self-service configuration app has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 368:


Country Dependency Valid for Hungary

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-HU



Country Specifics

Additional Details

You can define proportional values in percentage for each sales tax code for the Domestic Sales and Purchases List app. You can make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app within the Manage Your Solution app.

See Also


12.3.1.2 Calculate Exchange Rate for Cash Journal

With this feature, you can calculate a weighted average of exchange rate every working day for your cash journals. This calculated weighted average of exchange rate is used for the currency translation when posting your outgoing payments on the following working day.

Technical Details

Table 369:






See Also

For more information, look for Calculate Exchange Rates for Cash Journals under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 in the product assistance, in section Country-Specific Functions Hungary .

12.3.1.3 Display Historical Data of Exchange Rates

With this feature you can display the exchange rates calculated and stored in the past for each posting date.




Technical Details

Table 370:






See Also

For more information, look for the section Display Historical Data of Exchange Rates for Cash Journals under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 in the product assistance, in section Country-Specific Functions Hungary .

12.4 Ireland

12.4.1 Finance

12.4.1.1 EC Sales List

Technical Details

Table 371:

Technical Name of Product Feature IE_ECSL_DCL



Country Specifics



Country Dependency Valid for Ireland

Application Component XX-CSC-IE-FI


12.4.1.2 VAT Return

Technical Details

Table 372:

Technical Name of Product Feature IE_VAT_DCL





12.4.1.3 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Ireland

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following countryspecific payment formats and bank statements are available for Ireland:

● IE_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)● IE_CGI_XML_DD (payment format)● IE_MT101 (payment format)● CAMT.053 (bank statement)● MT940 (bank statement)

Technical Details

Table 373:




Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IE



The Manage Payment Media app has been enabled for the download of payment formats.

The Manage Incoming Payment Files app has been enabled for a manual import of bank statements.

See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Ireland Payment Formats and Bank Statements (IE) .

12.5 Italy

12.5.1 Finance

12.5.1.1 Print Self Invoices

With this feature you can generate self invoices, create a list of all self invoices and print self invoices, for example, if you have acquired goods or services from countries outside the European Union (EU), according to the Italian regulations.


Country Specifics

Technical Details

Table 374:


Country Dependency Valid only for Italy

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-IT


See Also

For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions → Italy for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce1708 → Product Assistance

12.5.1.2 Payment-Related Updates

This feature enables you to use the following updates regarding payments in Italy:

● A new payment format, IT_CBI_RIB_001 is available for incoming payments (RIBA).● You can import the payment rejection (pain.002) files.● You can display bills of exchange presentation document based on the bills of exchange document.

Technical Details

Table 375:


Country Dependency Valid for Italy




See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Italy Payment Formats and Bank Statements (IT) .

12.5.1.3 Configuration for Bills of Exchange Receivable

This feature enables you to make settings for bills of exchange receivable in Italy in the following self-service configuration apps:

● Define Bank Subaccounts● Define Available Amounts● Enter Bank Assignments

The self-service configuration apps have been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 376:



Application Component FI-AR-AR-BE


12.5.1.4 Bills of Exchange Receivable

With this feature, you can use the following apps for the purpose of processing bills of exchange receivable in Italy.

● Receive Bills of ExchangeYou use the Receive Bills of Exchange - Italy app to post bills of exchange and clear their invoices.

● DiscountingYou use the Discounting - Italy app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for discounting manually.

● CollectionYou use the Collection - Italy app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for collection manually.

● BoE PresentationYou use the BoE Presentation - Italy app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange usage in mass and automatically


Country Specifics

● Reverse BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Reverse BoE Liabilities - Italy app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities after the expiration date or after the countryspecific protest period expires.

● Maintain BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Maintain BoE Liabilities - Italy app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities in mass.

Technical Details

Table 377:





12.5.1.5 Extended BoE List - Italy

With this feature, you can use the Extended BoE List - Italy app to list all the bills of exchange receivable and payable with all the essential data.

Technical Details

Table 378:



Application Component FI-GL-IS


12.6 Japan


12.6.1 Finance

12.6.1.1 Manage Journal Entries - Japan

With this feature, you can analyze your journal entries and create reversals in order to make adjustments. Filtering and selection criteria enable you to quickly find journal entries. The information provided includes the G/L accounts posted, other account assignment objects, and any sales or purchase taxes. You can create new journal entries based on other journal entries. You can enter notes or add attachments to explain the posting. Information is shown on any related documents. Amounts can be displayed in different currencies, such as local currency or transaction currency. You can also split accounting data if an invoice in foreign currency is to be split into more than one but no more than three accounting line items.

Technical Details

Table 379:


Country Dependency Valid for Japan

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-JP


See Also

For more information, look for the section Manage Journal Entries - Japan for the relevant cloud edition under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance.

12.6.1.2 Update Electronic BoE with EMC Number - Japan

With this feature, you can update the electronic bills of exchange (BoE) with the electronic monetary claim (EMC) numbers available in the XML file (notice_ACR.ASG.DIV) that you receive from the EMC organization.


Country Specifics

Technical Details

Table 380:






This feature enables you to make settings for bills of exchange receivable in Japan in the following self-service configuration apps:



Technical Details

Table 381:





12.6.1.4 Configuration for Bills of Exchange Payable

This feature enables you to make settings in the Define Account for Returned Bills of Exchange self-service configuration app for the bills of exchange payable in Japan. This self-service configuration app has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.


Technical Details

Table 382:



Application Component FI-AP-AP-BE



With this feature, you can use the following apps for the purpose of processing bills of exchange receivable in Japan.

● Receive Bills of ExchangeYou use the Receive Bills of Exchange - Japan app to post bills of exchange and clear their invoices.

● DiscountingYou use the Discounting - Japan app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for discounting manually.

● CollectionYou use the Collection - Japan app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for collection manually.

● BoE PresentationYou use the BoE Presentation - Japan app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange usage in mass and automatically

● Reverse BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Reverse BoE Liabilities - Japan app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities after the expiration date or after the countryspecific protest period expires.

● Maintain BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Maintain BoE Liabilities - Japan app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities in mass.

Technical Details

Table 383:






Country Specifics

12.6.1.6 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Japan

With this feature, you can use the Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Japan app to post the payment when the due date of a bill of exchange is reached and when your bank pays the bill of exchange.

Technical Details

Table 384:





12.6.1.7 Extended BoE List - Japan

With this feature, you can use the Extended BoE List - Japan app to list all the bills of exchange receivable and payable with all the essential data.

Technical Details

Table 385:





12.6.1.8 Withholding Tax using Blue Return (Invoice - Based)

You can use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to generate the withholding tax reports using blue return (invoice -based) system, that fulfills the requirements of the government in Japan.


Technical Details

Table 386:



Application Component FI-AP-AP-Q1


12.7 Netherlands

12.7.1 Finance

12.7.1.1 VAT Return

This feature enables you to create a VAT Return for the Netherlands.

Technical Details

Table 387:

Technical Name of Product Feature NL_VAT_DCL


Country Dependency Valid for the Netherlands

Application Component XX-CSC-NL-FI



Country Specifics

12.7.1.2 Update in Payment Formats

The NL_SEPA_CT and NL_SEPA_DD payment formats have been replaced by the NL_CGI_XML_CT and the NL_CGI_XML DD payment formats.

Technical Details

Table 388:



Application Component FI-LOC-FI-NL


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Netherlands Payment Formats and Bank Statements (NL) .

12.8 New Zealand

12.8.1 Finance

12.8.1.1 New Payment Format Available

The NZ_MT101 new payment format is available for New Zealand. This payment format is used for requests for transfers.


Technical Details

Table 389:


Country Dependency Valid for New Zealand

Application Component FI-LOC-FI


See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions New Zealand Payment Formats and Bank Statements (NZ) .

12.9 Philippines

12.9.1 Finance

12.9.1.1 VAT Returns

The following changes have been made:

● A new report category PH_VAT_RTN has been introduced to enable you to generate quarterly VAT returns for Philippines.A new TXT output format has been added for both – the monthly as well as quarterly returns. This format generates a text file with the values that you need to specify while filing your VAT returns using the 2550M (Monthly Value-Added Tax Declaration) and 2550Q (Quarterly Value-Added Tax Return) forms. The analytical view of this format displays the relevant values grouped by the fields on the 2550M and 2500Q forms.


Country Specifics

Technical Details

Table 390:



Country Dependency Valid for Philippines

Application Component XX-CSC-PH-FI


See Also

For more information about the VAT Return report for Philippines, see https://help.sap.com/viewer/p/SAP_S4HANA_CLOUD > Product Assistance

12.10 Spain

12.10.1 Finance

12.10.1.1 Form 340: Informative VAT Return of Operations

With this feature you can extract data and generate a file in accordance with the Spanish Requirements (Modelo 340).


Technical Details

Table 391:


Country Dependency Valid only for Spain

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-ES


See Also

For more information, look for the section Country-Specific Functions for the relevant cloud edition under http:// help.sap.com/s4hana → Product Assistance

12.10.1.2 Payment-Related Updates

This feature enables you to use the following updates regarding payments in Spain:

● A new bank statement, Cuaderno is available.● You can import the payment rejection (pain.002) files.● You can display bills of exchange presentation document based on the bills of exchange document.

Technical Details

Table 392:


Country Dependency Valid for Spain




Country Specifics

See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Spain Payment Formats and Bank Statements (ES) .


This feature enables you to make settings for bills of exchange receivable in Spain in the following self-service configuration apps:



Technical Details

Table 393:





12.10.1.4 Configuration for Bills of Exchange Payable

This feature enables you to make settings in the Define Account for Returned Bills of Exchange self-service configuration app for the bills of exchange payable in Spain. This self-service configuration app has been added to the Manage Your Solution app.

Technical Details

Table 394:







With this feature, you can use the following apps for the purpose of processing bills of exchange receivable in Spain.

● Receive Bills of ExchangeYou use the Receive Bills of Exchange - Spain app to post bills of exchange and clear their invoices.

● DiscountingYou use the Discounting - Spain app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for discounting manually.

● CollectionYou use the Collection - Spain app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange for collection manually.

● BoE PresentationYou use the BoE Presentation - Spain app to present bills of exchange at your bank and post the bills of exchange usage in mass and automatically

● Reverse BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Reverse BoE Liabilities - Spain app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities after the expiration date or after the countryspecific protest period expires.

● Maintain BoE LiabilitiesYou use the Maintain BoE Liabilities - Spain app to reverse bill of exchange liabilities in mass.

Technical Details

Table 395:






Country Specifics

12.10.1.6 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Spain

With this feature, you can use the Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Spain app to post the payment when the due date of a bill of exchange is reached and when your bank pays the bill of exchange.

Technical Details

Table 396:





12.10.1.7 Extended BoE List - Spain

With this feature, you can use the Extended BoE List - Spain app to list all the bills of exchange receivable and payable with all the essential data.

Technical Details

Table 397:





12.11 Sweden


12.11.1 Finance

12.11.1.1 EC Sales List

Technical Details

Table 398:

Technical Name of Product Feature SE_ECSL_DLC


Country Dependency Valid for Sweden

Application Component XX-CSC-SE


12.11.1.2 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Sweden

With this feature you can create and download the payment formats and you can import bank statements. The following countryspecific payment formats and bank statements are available for Sweden:

● SE_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)● SE_A_AUTOGIRO (payment format)● SE_BANKGIRO (payment format)● SE_MT101 (payment format)● CAMT.053 (bank statement)● MT940 (bank statement)

Technical Details

Table 399:




Country Specifics

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-SCN





See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions Sweden Payment Formats and Bank Statements (SE) .

12.12 Taiwan

12.12.1 Finance

12.12.1.1 Reversed/Cancelled Documents in DMEE File in VAT Declaration

With this feature, no matter whether the reversal and cancellation is happened in the same period or not, items in the electronic text file will be deleted for all the input tax invoice types and output tax invoice types 33, 34, and 36, rather than marked as deleted. And for output tax invoice types 31, 32, and 35, items in the electronic text file will be marked as deleted in case of reversal or cancellation.


Technical Details

Table 400:


Country Dependency Valid for Taiwan

Application Component FI-LOC


12.13 United Kingdom

12.13.1 Finance

12.13.1.1 Update in Payment Formats

The GB_SEPA_CT and GB_SEPA_DD payment formats have been replaced by the GB_CGI_XML_CT and the GB_CGI_XML_ DD payment formats. The SEPA payment formats are no longer supported.

Technical Details

Table 401:


Country Dependency Valid for the United Kingdom

Application Component FI-LOC-FI-GB



Country Specifics

See Also

For more information about the payment formats and bank statements for Ireland, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Country-Specific Functions United Kingdom Payment Formats and Bank Statements (UK) .

12.14 United States

12.14.1 Finance

12.14.1.1 Configuration for Advanced Compliance Reporting

With this self-service configuration app, you can perform the actions required to set up your compliance reports using SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting.

Technical Details

Table 402:


Country Dependency Valid for United States



Additional Details

Using the self-service configuration app, you can:

● Define Reporting Entities for Statutory Reporting● Assign Report Categories to a Reporting Entity


● Set Periodicity of Report Category● Change Use of Report Definition● Enter Parameters Specific to the Report Category● Set Validity of Organizational Unit● Assign Organizational Unit to a Reporting Entity● Enter Parameters Specific to Reporting Entities

See Also



Country Specifics

13 Previous Cloud Editions

SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud and SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud are only available for customers who have licensed these cloud editions before SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1705.

13.1 SAP S/4HANA Finance Cloud

13.1.1 SAP Best Practices Content

13.1.1.1 Service Contract

Use

Lease contracts describe contractual agreements between two partners: the lessor and the lessee. This scope item helps you standardize and automate your lease service credit contract management activities, like creating and managing new contracts, setting helpful reminder rules and running reports that help you save time and effort and make more informed lease management decisions.

Technical Details

Table 403:


Scope Item is New


What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708Previous Cloud Editions P U B L I C 343


Additional Details



See also


13.1.1.2 Lease-In Accounting

Use


Technical Details

Table 404:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1T6

Scope Item is New




Previous Cloud Editions


Additional Details



See also


13.1.1.3 Lease-Out Accounting

Use

Lease contracts describe contractual agreements between two partners: the lessor and the lessee. This scope item helps you standardize and automate your lease-out debit contract management activities, like creating and managing new contracts, setting helpful reminder rules and running reports that help you save time and effort and make more informed lease management decisions.

Technical Details

Table 405:

Technical Name of Scope Item 21Q

Scope Item is New



Additional Details




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1T6_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

See also


13.1.1.4 Lease-In Accounting - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 406:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/21Q_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm


13.1.2 Finance

13.1.2.1 New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps


Technical Details

Table 407:















See Also



13.1.2.2 Accounting and Financial Close

13.1.2.2.1 Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close


Technical Details

Table 408:
































Plant (WERKS)












Asset Accounting





-

Consoldiation



















See Also



13.1.2.2.2 General Ledger Accounting

13.1.2.2.2.1 Account Determination



Technical Details

Table 412:






13.1.2.2.2.2 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting


Technical Details

Table 413:

Feature is New



Additional Details


Cash Journals



Make your entries in the Configure Your Solution app. In the Realize phase, make changes to pre-delivered configuration settings or create new settings. It is possible to create new settings by copying existing settings and



adapting them. Note that the changes that you can make to pre-delivered configuration settings may be limited to ensure data consistency.

See Also


13.1.2.2.2.3 Manage Chart of Accounts


Technical Details

Table 414:





13.1.2.2.2.4 Manage Posting Periods



Technical Details

Table 415:






13.1.2.2.2.5 Manage Posting Period Variants


Technical Details

Table 416:






Additional Details







13.1.2.2.2.6 Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester


Technical Details

Table 417:






Additional Details






13.1.2.2.2.7 Display G/L Account Line Items - Reporting View



Technical Details

Table 418:







See Also


13.1.2.2.2.8 Display G/L Account Line Items - Posting View


Technical Details

Table 419:







Additional Details






13.1.2.2.2.9 Cash Journals


Technical Details

Table 420:





Additional Details


● Post Cash Journal Entries


● Display Cash Journal Entries





See Also


13.1.2.2.2.10 Reset Cleared Items


Technical Details

Table 421:










See Also



13.1.2.2.2.11 Manage Flexible Hierarchies


Technical Details

Table 422:





13.1.2.2.3 Asset Accounting



13.1.2.2.3.1 Additional Fields for Asset Accounting in the Universal Journal Entry




Technical Details

Table 423:







13.1.2.2.3.2 Schedule Fixed Asset Accounting Jobs




Technical Details

Table 424:






13.1.2.2.3.3 Asset Transactions





Table 425:

Parameter Default







Technical Details

Table 426:






13.1.2.2.3.4 Depreciation Lists




Table 427:

Parameter Default







Technical Details

Table 428:








13.1.2.2.3.5 Asset Balances


Technical Details

Table 429:






See Also


13.1.2.2.3.6 Asset History Sheet



Technical Details

Table 430:






See Also


13.1.2.2.3.7 Asset History Sheet with Data in Accordance with the German Accounting Directive Implementation Act ((Bilanzrichtlinie-Umsetzungsgesetz, BilRUG)



Technical Details

Table 431:








Additional Details



None.





13.1.2.2.3.8 Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets


Technical Details

Table 432:












Required Activities



13.1.2.2.4 Consolidation

13.1.2.2.4.1 Rule-Based Reporting




Technical Details

Table 433:





Additional Details



Table 434:














See Also


13.1.2.2.4.2 New Monitor Tasks



Technical Details

Table 435:





See Also




13.1.2.2.4.3 Configuration for Consolidation


Technical Details

Table 436:

Feature is New



Additional Details













See Also


13.1.2.2.5 Revenue and Cost Accounting

13.1.2.2.5.1 Target Revenue


Technical Details

Table 437:





Additional Details



Postings









13.1.2.3 Treasury and Financial Risk Management

13.1.2.3.1 Cash and Liquidity Management

13.1.2.3.1.1 Cash Flow Analyzer





Technical Details

Table 438:






13.1.2.3.1.2 Payment Order Integration



Technical Details

Table 439:





13.1.2.3.1.3 Promise to Pay Integration




Technical Details

Table 440:







13.1.2.3.1.4 Bank Account in Memo Record




Technical Details

Table 441:









13.1.2.3.1.5 Making Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statements

Technical Details

Table 442:





Additional Details






See Also




13.1.2.3.1.6 Manage Bank Accounts (SAP S/4HANA Cloud Edition)








Technical Details

Table 443:





Additional Details









13.1.2.3.1.7 Manage Workflows for Bank Account Management (S4CE)







Technical Details

Table 444:











Table 445:





The workflow ends.


Not applicable


The workflow ends.

Not applicable


13.1.2.3.1.8 My Inbox for Bank Account Management (S4CE)








Technical Details

Table 446:








13.1.2.3.1.9 My Sent Requests (SAP S/4HANA Cloud UI5 Edition)




Technical Details

Table 447:














13.1.2.3.2 Treasury and Risk Management

13.1.2.3.2.1 TRM, Debt and Investment Management (E2E)





Technical Details

Table 448:




Additional Details




See Also




13.1.2.3.2.2 TRM, Financial Risk Management (E2E)









Technical Details

Table 449:




Additional Details




See Also



● 1X1 Foreign Currency Risk Management (E2E)○ 1S4 Currency Service



○ 1XN Market Data Management

13.1.2.4 Receivables Management

13.1.2.4.1 My Dunning Proposals


Technical Details

Table 450:















13.1.2.4.2 Display Customer List





Technical Details

Table 451:






Additional Details



13.1.2.4.3 Display Item Change Log - Customer






Technical Details

Table 452:






13.1.2.4.4 Assign Open Items




Technical Details

Table 453:







13.1.2.4.5 Manage Payment Advices



● Create new payment advices manually.● View payment advices.● Edit payment advices that were created manually.● Delete payment advices that are no longer needed.

Technical Details

Table 454:







13.1.2.5 Invoice Management

13.1.2.5.1 Business Catalogs for Accounts Payable



Technical Details

Table 455:














See Also




13.1.2.5.2 Monitor Payments


Technical Details

Table 457:






13.1.2.5.3 Display Item Change Log - Supplier





Technical Details

Table 458:







13.1.2.5.4 Supplier Accounting Document


Technical Details

Table 459:






See Also


13.1.2.5.5 Create Positive Pay Files


Technical Details

Table 460:








Additional Details














13.1.2.6 Financial Planning and Analysis

13.1.2.6.1 Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis


Technical Details

Table 461:

























Sales Accounting



















Projects
















See Also



13.1.2.7 SAP Best Practices Content



13.1.2.7.1 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 465:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




13.1.2.7.2 Debt and Investment Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 466:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also





13.1.2.7.3 Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform

Use


Technical Details

Table 467:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details




See also




13.1.2.7.4 Inventory Valuation for Year-End Closing

Use


● FIFO valuation

Technical Details

Table 468:

Technical Name of Scope Item BEJ




Additional Details



See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BEJ_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

13.1.2.7.5 Direct Debit

Use


Technical Details

Table 469:





Additional Details




See also




13.1.2.7.6 Advanced Cash Operations

Use



Technical Details

Table 470:





Additional Details




See also





13.1.2.7.7 Basic Cash Operations

Use



management account

Technical Details

Table 471:





Additional Details




See also




13.1.2.7.8 Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 472:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also





13.1.2.7.9 Intercompany Stock Transfer

Use

This scope item includes four use cases for stock transfer within one country, between two companies.

Technical Details

Table 473:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




13.1.2.7.10 Accounts Receivable

Use




Technical Details

Table 474:








Additional Details






See also


13.1.2.7.11 Invoice Processing by OpenText

Use



Technical Details

Table 475:





Additional Details






See also


13.1.2.7.12 Advanced Credit Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 476:








Additional Details







See also


13.1.2.7.13 Plan Consolidation for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use

This scope item allows the consolidation of plan data. The user can then run a full consolidation process including currency translation, intercompany and investments eliminations and reporting.

Technical Details

Table 477:

Technical Name of Scope Item 28B

Scope Item is New



See also




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/28B_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

13.1.2.7.14 Accounting and Financial Close

Use



Technical Details

Table 478:







● Assign Document Classes to Document Types (New)● Assign Number Group to Company Code (New)● Create Receipt Lots and Assign to Business Places (New)● Define Account for Returned Bills of Exchange (New)● Define Amount Limit (New)● Define Available Amounts (New)● Define Bank Subaccounts (New)● Define Sequence for Sorting Line Items by G/L Account Number (New)● Enter Bank Assignment (New)● Group Tax Balances (New)● Group Tax Base Balances (New)● Maintain Business Transactions (New)● Maintain Document Classes (New)● Maintain Number Groups (New)● Maintain Settings for Clearing Documents Without Line Items (New)● Make Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statement (New)● Map Tax Code (New)



● Set Up Cash Journal (New)● Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting (New)● Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account Determination (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)

Additional Details




See also


13.1.2.7.15 Interest Rate Derivatives Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 479:


Scope Item is New





Additional Details



See also


13.1.2.7.16 Managing Material Price Changes and Inventory Values

Use

This scope item provides users with an example of a process description that they can use to change material prices, mark prices for change, and release prices for material valuation.

Technical Details

Table 480:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1ZT

Scope Item is New






Additional Details



See also


13.1.2.7.17 SAP Fiori Analytical Apps for Treasury and Risk Management

Use

This scope item provides an overview page for the treasury and risk management related scenarios.

Technical Details

Table 481:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1MN

Scope Item is New



See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1ZT_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1MN_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

13.1.2.7.18 Foreign Currency Risk Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 482:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also





13.1.2.7.19 Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center

Use


Technical Details

Table 483:


Scope Item is New



See also


13.1.2.7.20 Cash Journal

Use

The FI Cash Journal is a type of subsidiary ledger for Financial Accounting used for managing a company’s cash transactions. It can perform posting to G/L accounts, supplier accounts, and customer accounts.



Technical Details

Table 484:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1GO

Scope Item is New





Account determination app

Additional Details



See also


13.1.2.7.21 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use


● Additional reports: Cash Flow, Statement of Change in Equity● Intercompany reconciliation report



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1GO_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

● Extended group chart of account mapping management using the Manage G/L Accounts SAP Fiori application● Additional reports such as Statement of Income, Statement of Change in Equity, Cash Flow

Technical Details

Table 485:







● Activation of SAP Digital Payments Add-on (New)● Assign Consolidation Cycle to Version (New)● Central Finance Subsidiary - General Settings (New)● Define Consolidation Cycle (New)● Define Subitem Categories and Subitems (New)● Define Versions (New)● Edit Item Hierarchies of Consolidation Chart of Accounts (New)● Specify Selected Items for Posting (New)

See also




13.1.2.7.22 Digital Payments

Use


Extended payment capability of payment document generated from original source of SAP S/4HANA SD

Technical Details

Table 486:





Additional Details



See also





13.1.2.7.23 Foreign Currency Risk Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 487:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




13.1.2.7.24 Customer Payments

Use


Dispute case creation from Customer Payments

Technical Details

Table 488:





Additional Details



See also






Use



Technical Details

Table 489:





Additional Details




See also




13.1.2.7.26 Accounts Payable

Use




Technical Details

Table 490:








Additional Details






See also


13.1.2.7.27 Debt and Investment Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 491:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also





13.1.2.7.28 Machine Learning - SAP Cash Application Integration

Use


Technical Details

Table 492:








See also





13.1.2.7.29 Basic Bank Account Management

Use





Technical Details

Table 493:









Additional Details




See also


13.1.2.7.30 Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance

Use


Technical Details

Table 494:


Scope Item is New









See also


13.1.2.7.31 Bill of Exchange

Use

This scope item utilizes the payment method bill of exchange for incoming and outgoing payments. As a customer (debtor), you can pay your open invoices with bill of exchange. If you are the supplier (creditor) and receive a bill of exchange, you can either collect the receivables at due date (collection) or cash the outstanding receivables before due date (discounting).

Technical Details

Table 495:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1WQ

Scope Item is New



Additional Details


Italy, Japan, Spain



See also


13.1.2.8 Country Specifics


13.1.3 Sales

13.1.3.1 Order and Contract Management

13.1.3.1.1 Sales Order Management and Processing

13.1.3.1.1.1 Customer - 360 Degree View

In this app, you can now display information about relevant credit memo requests and debit memo requests.

You can also get an easy overview of the process flow of relevant billing documents.

To find a specific document that is relevant for the displayed customer, you can now search the displayed lists of documents.

Technical Details

Table 496:





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1WQ_S4CLD1708_EN_JP.htm




See Also

For more information on the Customer - 360° View app, look for the relevant section under http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance Sales Order and Contract Management Sales Order Management and Processing .

13.1.3.1.1.2 App Extensibility for Sales Documents

This feature enables you to extend various sales apps according to your business needs and implement logic for the following Enhancement Options:

Table 497:

Enhancement Option Business Context

Sales Item Deletion Check Sales Document Item

Technical Details

Table 498:





See Also

For more information, look for the section Sales for the relevant Cloud edition underhttp://help.sap.com/s4hanaProduct Assistance .





13.1.3.1.2 Billing and Invoicing

13.1.3.1.2.1 External Billing Document Request



Technical Details

Table 499:





Additional Details


See Also







13.1.3.1.2.2 Create Billing Documents






Technical Details

Table 500:





See Also






13.1.3.1.3 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

13.1.3.1.3.1 Sales Order Fulfillment - Analyze and Resolve Issues

The app offers renewed functionality to the Sales Order Fulfillment app, using an analytical list page application. The presentation of the app has been refreshed, and the personalization options have been enhanced.

The app will be enhanced in further releases.

The app displays a combination of transactional and analytical data using chart and table visualization.

The app starts with a tile with the top 3 issue types.

You can filter on sales documents, issues, and issue categories, and also add more filters, such as potential issues. You can also use the fuzzy search to search for sales document, customer reference, created by user, and sold-to party.

A donut chart displays your filter results with the total issues for each issue type.

The app displays a list of sales orders with issues, depending on what you have filtered on. From here, you can navigate to resolve these issues and to the relevant follow-up document object pages.

Note that if you want to use the app, you need to add it to your home page manually. You do this by choosing Edit Home Page in the Me Area. Next, search for the app in Sales Order Processing and add it to your home page.

Technical Details

Table 501:






See Also






13.1.3.1.3.2 App Extensibility: Quotation Conversion Rates

This feature enables you to extend the Quotation Conversion Rates - Valid and Not Completed app according to your business needs.

Key users can extend the app in the Custom Fields and Logic app using the business context Sales Document Item.

You can add fields to the following queries using the Custom Fields and Logic app:

Table 502:

Query Element Business Context

C_SlsQtanConversionRateQ Sales Document Item

Technical Details

Table 503:





See Also


13.1.3.1.3.3 App Extensibility: Track Sales Orders


Technical Details

Table 504:








See Also


13.1.3.1.4 Process Extensibility for Sales and Billing Documents

You can make custom fields available in several apps including handing over data by using business scenarios. After enabling the extension field for a business scenario, the value of this field will be copied between the corresponding documents.

For the business context Sales Document, the following business scenarios are available:

● Sales Document to Pricing Communication on header level

For the business context Sales Document Item, the following business scenarios are available:

● Sales Document to Pricing Communication on item level

For the business context Billing Document, the following business scenarios are available:

● Billing Document to Pricing Communication on header level

For the business context Billing Document Item, the following business scenarios are available:

● Billing Document to Pricing Communication on item level

Technical Details

Table 505:









See Also


13.1.3.1.5 Extensibility in Pricing for Sales and Billing

This feature enables you to extend pricing procedures according to your business needs by defining price dependencies to use custom field values for pricing.

Technical Details

Table 506:





See Also


13.1.3.1.6 Term "Accounting Document" Changed to "Journal Entry"







Technical Details

Table 507:






13.1.3.2.1 Accelerated Customer Returns

Use

Technical Details

Table 508:

Technical Name of Scope Item BKP




Additional Details





See also


13.1.3.2.2 Sell from Stock

Use


● Item proposal

Technical Details

Table 509:

Technical Name of Scope Item BD9






● Sales Scheduling by Sales Document Type (New)● Set Customer Pricing Procedures - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Groups for Customers - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Material Groups - Sales (New)● Set Pricing Procedures - Sales (New)● Sales Offices (Updated)● Sales Organizations (Updated)● Shipping Points (Updated)


http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BKP_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

Additional Details



See also




13.1.4 Sourcing and Procurement

13.1.4.1 Sourcing

13.1.4.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Purchasing Info Records


Technical Details

Table 510:





http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BD9_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm



See Also


13.1.4.2 Contract Management

13.1.4.3 Operational Procurement

13.1.4.3.1 Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders




Technical Details

Table 511:










See Also



13.1.4.4.1 Supplier Invoice Items by Account Assignment


Technical Details

Table 512:








13.1.4.4.2 Supplier Invoices List




Technical Details

Table 513:





13.1.4.4.3 Manage Supplier Invoices


Technical Details

Table 514:





13.1.4.4.4 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices





Technical Details

Table 515:







See Also


13.1.4.4.5 Upload Supplier Invoices






Technical Details

Table 516:






13.1.4.5.1 Procurement of Direct Materials

Use


● Enhance general limits: Enter service product during service entry● New SAP Fiori App for mass changes to purchasing info records● New SAP Fiori App to monitor supplier confirmations conversion to ALP● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 517:








● Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders (New)● Define Company Code, Plant and Logical System (New)● Define Material Group (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing (New)● Plants (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated)● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group

Additional Details



See also


13.1.4.5.2 Requisitioning

Use





Technical Details

Table 518:







New configuration user interface for flexible workflow of purchase requisition

Additional Details



See also


13.1.4.6 App Extensibility for Classic Applications

13.1.4.6.1 Extensibility for Purchase Order Apps





● Display Purchase Order

Technical Details

Table 519:





See Also


13.1.4.7 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents



Technical Details

Table 520:









See Also




13.1.5 Supply Chain

13.1.5.1 Logistics and Order Fulfillment

13.1.5.1.1 Create Outbound Deliveries – From Sales Orders

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can create outbound delivery runs from a list of sales orders. This app also allows you to display logs with information related to your sales orders or deliveries. For example, if errors occur while you are creating deliveries, the system issues a message to the log. Similarly, the system issues a message to the log if you successfully create a delivery.

Technical Details

Table 521:










This app replaces the Create Outbound Deliveries app. The Create Outbound Deliveries app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.

See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Create Outbound

Deliveries – From Sales Orders .

13.1.5.1.2 Analyze Delivery Logs

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can check the system messages that have been logged during the collective creation run of deliveries. If your attempt to create a delivery is unsuccessful, you can correct the issues that are mentioned in the log and then create a new delivery for the respective sales order using another app.

Technical Details

Table 522:






This app replaces the Analyze Outbound Delivery Logs app. The Analyze Outbound Delivery Logs app will be deleted with SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1802.




See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Analyze Delivery

Logs .

13.1.5.1.3 Manage Outbound Deliveries

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can display a list of all your outbound deliveries and click on each delivery to see its details, such as its weight and volume. Depending on the current goods issue status, you can post a goods issue for a delivery. If you need to make corrections to a delivery, you can easily reverse the goods issue posting and edit the respective documents. You can apply these actions to all selected deliveries at once. For deliveries that need to be picked, you can navigate to another app to perform this step.

Technical Details

Table 523:






See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Manage Outbound

Deliveries .

13.1.5.1.4 Pick Outbound Delivery

This feature helps you ensure timely and error-free shipment of goods to your customers. You can enter the results of the picking process for a specific delivery. The picking process involves taking goods from various storage bins




and moving them to a staging area where they can be prepared for loading and shipping. This app shows you how many items are in the delivery, the delivery’s overall details, such as the gross weight, and the details of individual delivery items. Once you have entered the picking quantity of an item and the system has set the picking status to Completely Processed, you can then post a goods issue.

Technical Details

Table 524:






See Also

For more information, go to http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 under -> Product Assistance Cloud EditionsSAP S/4HANA Enterprise Cloud Edition Supply Chain Logistics and Order Fulfilment Pick Outbound

Delivery .




13.1.5.4 Extensibility in Supply Chain




13.1.6 Human Resources

13.1.6.1 Core HR and Payroll

13.1.6.2 Time and Attendance Management

13.1.6.2.1 Manage My Timesheet




Technical Details

Table 525:






See Also





13.1.6.3.1 Business Event Handling

Use


Technical Details

Table 526:


Scope Item is New



See also




13.1.7 Integration




13.1.7.1 Master Data Replication


13.1.7.2.1 Mass Maintenance for Business Partner

Use



Technical Details

Table 527:





See also




13.1.7.2.2 Mass Maintenance for Product

Use



Technical Details

Table 528:





See also


13.1.8 Cross Components

13.1.8.1 Product Master




13.1.8.1.1 Create Alternate UoM for Product


Use



Technical Details

Table 529:





See Also




13.1.8.1.2 CoPilot: Product Quick View


Use


Technical Details

Table 530:





See Also


13.1.8.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier

13.1.8.2.1 Payment Hub Integration





Technical Details

Table 531:





See Also


13.1.8.2.2 Compressed Create


Technical Details

Table 532:





13.1.8.2.3 OData for Business Partner




Technical Details

Table 533:


Product Feature is

Country Dependency


Availability

Additional Details





See Also



13.1.8.2.4 Search Terms


Technical Details

Table 534:





13.1.8.3 Mass Maintenance of Master Data


Technical Details

Table 535:








13.1.8.4.1 Output Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 536:





See also


13.1.8.4.2 Key User Extensibility

Use


● Add custom field to Web GUI for HTML● Translate custom field into another language● Code list● Create code list for reuse in business object




● Assign custom code list to custom business object● Add custom node list to custom business object● Add and enable Core Data Services (CDS) view for use in custom analytic query● Create custom query with custom CDS view as a data view● Transport custom extensions to a production system

Technical Details

Table 537:





See also


13.1.8.4.3 Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use



Technical Details

Table 538:







See also


13.1.8.4.4 Integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP BusinessObjects Cloud

Use


Technical Details

Table 539:


Scope Item is New



See also






13.1.8.4.5 Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File

Use



Technical Details

Table 540:





See also


13.1.8.5 Custom Analytical Queries

Use




Technical Details

Table 541:






Additional Details




See Also


13.1.8.6 Custom CDS Views




Technical Details

Table 542:







See Also


Extensibility .

13.1.8.7 Custom Fields and Logic

Technical Details

Table 543:









Additional Details





None


None


None

See Also


13.1.8.8 Extensibility Inventory





Technical Details

Table 544:






See Also


13.1.8.9 Business Role Templates


Technical Details

Table 545:








See Also



13.1.8.10 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting

13.1.8.10.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports


Technical Details

Table 546:





Additional Details


● Flexible Reporting LevelsSAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allows you to submit tax reports at different reporting levels via the use of organizational units. The reporting levels currently supported in advanced compliance reporting, for both classic and enhanced modes, are - company code, business place, jurisdiction code, and section code. This feature allows you to use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to submit reports for countries that require reporting at these additional levels. For example, Canada tax authorities require tax reporting at company code and tax jurisdiction levels. You can set values for the reporting levels while





configuring the reporting entity. The assigned values get defaulted when you run the reports. You can assign the organizational units to the report categories in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app.







original value.○ At any point go back to the original version of the document, by choosing the Reset option.


See Also


13.1.8.10.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports



Technical Details

Table 547:





Additional Details



● Reference Report DefinitionsReference report definitions in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allow you to extend an existing report definition, both SAP standard as well as the ones created in your namespace. You can extend a report definition by assigning a reference report definition to it. Extending a report definition allows you to reuse and modify the existing report definitions based on your own requirements, and also consistently get the out-of-the-box changes delivered by SAP.When you create a new report definition, you can choose to create a report with reference. The new report definition inherits the properties, parameters, queries, document definitions, correspondence definitions, events, and so on of the reference report definition. The inheritance status for each of the inherited attributes can be Inherited, Redefined, Not Inheritable, or New.○ Inherited: Indicates that the attribute has been inherited as is from the reference report definition. Any






● Enable Data Preview ModeYou can configure your output documents to be viewed in a user-friendly and consistent format by using the Visualization Mode option. You can enable the data preview mode by setting the Visualization Mode as Read-Only in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You can enter labels for elements and attributes while



performing the mapping for a report definition. The labels appear in the data preview mode in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports. Note that you can currently provide labels only in English.


See Also




13.1.9 Country Specifics

13.1.9.1 China

13.1.9.1.1 Finance

13.1.9.1.1.1 Configuration for Cash Flow Statements





Technical Details

Table 548:





See Also


13.1.9.1.1.2 Configuration for Official Document Numbering










Technical Details

Table 549:





See Also


13.1.9.2 Hungary

13.1.9.2.1 Finance

13.1.9.2.1.1 Configuration for Domestic Sales and Purchases List



Technical Details

Table 550:





Additional Details


See Also


13.1.9.2.1.2 Calculate Exchange Rate for Cash Journal


Technical Details

Table 551:








See Also


13.1.9.2.1.3 Display Historical Data of Exchange Rates


Technical Details

Table 552:






See Also


13.1.9.3 Ireland






13.1.9.3.1 Finance

13.1.9.3.1.1 EC Sales List

Technical Details

Table 553:






13.1.9.3.1.2 VAT Return

Technical Details

Table 554:








13.1.9.3.1.3 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Ireland



Technical Details

Table 555:








See Also


13.1.9.4 Italy


13.1.9.4.1 Finance

13.1.9.4.1.1 Print Self Invoices


Technical Details

Table 556:





See Also


13.1.9.4.1.2 Payment-Related Updates





Technical Details

Table 557:





See Also


13.1.9.4.1.3 Bills of Exchange Receivable









Technical Details

Table 558:





13.1.9.4.1.4 Extended BoE List - Italy


Technical Details

Table 559:





13.1.9.5 Japan

13.1.9.5.1 Finance

13.1.9.5.1.1 Manage Journal Entries - Japan

With this feature, you can analyze your journal entries and create reversals in order to make adjustments. Filtering and selection criteria enable you to quickly find journal entries. The information provided includes the G/L



accounts posted, other account assignment objects, and any sales or purchase taxes. You can create new journal entries based on other journal entries. You can enter notes or add attachments to explain the posting. Information is shown on any related documents. Amounts can be displayed in different currencies, such as local currency or transaction currency. You can also split accounting data if an invoice in foreign currency is to be split into more than one but no more than three accounting line items.

Technical Details

Table 560:





See Also


13.1.9.5.1.2 Update Electronic BoE with EMC Number - Japan


Technical Details

Table 561:














Technical Details

Table 562:





13.1.9.5.1.4 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Japan




Technical Details

Table 563:





13.1.9.5.1.5 Extended BoE List - Japan


Technical Details

Table 564:





13.1.9.5.1.6 Withholding Tax using Blue Return (Invoice - Based)


Technical Details

Table 565:






13.1.9.6 Netherlands

13.1.9.6.1 Finance

13.1.9.6.1.1 Update in Payment Formats


Technical Details

Table 566:





See Also




13.1.9.7 New Zealand

13.1.9.7.1 Finance

13.1.9.7.1.1 New Payment Format Available


Technical Details

Table 567:





See Also


13.1.9.8 Spain


13.1.9.8.1 Finance

13.1.9.8.1.1 Form 340: Informative VAT Return of Operations


Technical Details

Table 568:





See Also







Technical Details

Table 569:





See Also











Technical Details

Table 570:





13.1.9.8.1.4 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Spain


Technical Details

Table 571:





13.1.9.8.1.5 Extended BoE List - Spain


Technical Details

Table 572:







13.1.9.9 Sweden

13.1.9.9.1 Finance


Technical Details

Table 573:






13.1.9.9.1.2 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Sweden


● SE_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)● SE_A_AUTOGIRO (payment format)● SE_BANKGIRO (payment format)● SE_MT101 (payment format)


● CAMT.053 (bank statement)● MT940 (bank statement)

Technical Details

Table 574:








See Also


13.1.9.10 Taiwan

13.1.9.10.1 Finance



13.1.9.10.1.1 Reversed/Cancelled Documents in DMEE File in VAT Declaration


Technical Details

Table 575:





13.1.9.11 United Kingdom

13.1.9.11.1 Finance



Technical Details

Table 576:






See Also


13.2 SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud

13.2.1 Finance

13.2.1.1 New Application Type for Finance Analytical Apps


Technical Details

Table 577:
















See Also



13.2.1.2 Accounting and Financial Close

13.2.1.2.1 Business Catalogs for Accounting and Financial Close




Technical Details

Table 578:
































Plant (WERKS)











Asset Accounting





-

Consoldiation


















See Also



13.2.1.2.2 General Ledger Accounting

13.2.1.2.2.1 Account Determination


Technical Details

Table 582:






13.2.1.2.2.2 Configuration for General Ledger Accounting



Technical Details

Table 583:

Feature is New



Additional Details


Cash Journals




See Also


13.2.1.2.2.3 Manage Chart of Accounts




Technical Details

Table 584:





13.2.1.2.2.4 Manage Posting Periods


Technical Details

Table 585:






13.2.1.2.2.5 Manage Posting Period Variants



Technical Details

Table 586:






Additional Details





13.2.1.2.2.6 Verify General Journal Entries - For Requester


Technical Details

Table 587:








Additional Details






13.2.1.2.2.7 Display G/L Account Line Items - Reporting View


Technical Details

Table 588:








See Also


13.2.1.2.2.8 Display G/L Account Line Items - Posting View


Technical Details

Table 589:





Additional Details








13.2.1.2.2.9 Cash Journals


Technical Details

Table 590:





Additional Details


● Post Cash Journal Entries● Display Cash Journal Entries






See Also


13.2.1.2.2.10 Reset Cleared Items


Technical Details

Table 591:







See Also







13.2.1.2.2.11 Manage Flexible Hierarchies


Technical Details

Table 592:






13.2.1.2.3.1 Additional Fields for Asset Accounting in the Universal Journal Entry




Technical Details

Table 593:








13.2.1.2.3.2 Schedule Fixed Asset Accounting Jobs


Technical Details

Table 594:






13.2.1.2.3.3 Asset Transactions



● The Currency Type field was renamed Display Currency.



The Display Currency search criterion enables you to display amounts in currency types other than the local currency. Depending on your configuration settings, additional currency types, such as group currency, can be chosen so that amounts for different company codes can be reported using a common currency.


Table 595:

Parameter Default






Technical Details

Table 596:






13.2.1.2.3.4 Depreciation Lists





Table 597:

Parameter Default







Technical Details

Table 598:






13.2.1.2.3.5 Asset Balances


Technical Details

Table 599:








See Also


13.2.1.2.3.6 Asset History Sheet


Technical Details

Table 600:






See Also



13.2.1.2.3.7 Asset History Sheet with Data in Accordance with the German Accounting Directive Implementation Act ((Bilanzrichtlinie-Umsetzungsgesetz, BilRUG)



Technical Details

Table 601:






Additional Details



None.







13.2.1.2.3.8 Segment Reporting for Fixed Assets


Technical Details

Table 602:











Required Activities




13.2.1.2.4 Consolidation

13.2.1.2.4.1 Rule-Based Reporting


Technical Details

Table 603:





Additional Details





Table 604:













See Also



13.2.1.2.4.2 New Monitor Tasks



Technical Details

Table 605:





See Also


13.2.1.2.4.3 Configuration for Consolidation


Technical Details

Table 606:

Feature is New





Additional Details












See Also


13.2.1.2.5 Revenue and Cost Accounting


13.2.1.2.5.1 Target Revenue


Technical Details

Table 607:





Additional Details



Postings









13.2.1.3 Treasury and Financial Risk Management

13.2.1.3.1 Cash and Liquidity Management

13.2.1.3.1.1 Cash Flow Analyzer





Technical Details

Table 608:





13.2.1.3.1.2 Payment Order Integration




Technical Details

Table 609:





13.2.1.3.1.3 Promise to Pay Integration




Technical Details

Table 610:





13.2.1.3.1.4 Bank Account in Memo Record






Technical Details

Table 611:








13.2.1.3.1.5 Making Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statements

Technical Details

Table 612:





Additional Details







See Also


13.2.1.3.1.6 Manage Bank Accounts (SAP S/4HANA Cloud Edition)








Technical Details

Table 613:







Additional Details








13.2.1.3.1.7 Manage Workflows for Bank Account Management (S4CE)








Technical Details

Table 614:









Table 615:





The workflow ends.


Not applicable


The workflow ends.

Not applicable





13.2.1.3.1.8 My Inbox for Bank Account Management (S4CE)






Technical Details

Table 616:









13.2.1.3.1.9 My Sent Requests (SAP S/4HANA Cloud UI5 Edition)




Technical Details

Table 617:














13.2.1.3.2 Treasury and Risk Management

13.2.1.3.2.1 TRM, Debt and Investment Management (E2E)




Technical Details

Table 618:




Additional Details





See Also




13.2.1.3.2.2 TRM, Financial Risk Management (E2E)






Technical Details

Table 619:




Additional Details







See Also



● 1X1 Foreign Currency Risk Management (E2E)○ 1S4 Currency Service○ 1XN Market Data Management

13.2.1.4 Receivables Management

13.2.1.4.1 Assign Open Items




Technical Details

Table 620:







13.2.1.4.2 Manage Payment Advices



● Create new payment advices manually.● View payment advices.● Edit payment advices that were created manually.● Delete payment advices that are no longer needed.

Technical Details

Table 621:







13.2.1.4.3 My Dunning Proposals




Technical Details

Table 622:













13.2.1.4.4 Display Customer List






Technical Details

Table 623:






Additional Details



13.2.1.4.5 Display Item Change Log - Customer





Technical Details

Table 624:









13.2.1.5.1 Business Catalogs for Accounts Payable


Technical Details

Table 625:















See Also


13.2.1.5.2 Supplier Accounting Document


Technical Details

Table 627:






See Also





13.2.1.5.3 Create Positive Pay Files


Technical Details

Table 628:





Additional Details














13.2.1.5.4 Display Item Change Log - Supplier





Technical Details

Table 629:






13.2.1.5.5 Monitor Payments




Technical Details

Table 630:






13.2.1.6 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

13.2.1.6.1 International Trade for Professional Cloud Edition 1708

The apps for International Trade assist you in transferring master data, generating Intrastat declarations, and classifying products with their respective nomenclature.

13.2.1.7 Financial Planning and Analysis

13.2.1.7.1 Business Catalogs for Financial Planning and Analysis



Technical Details

Table 631:

























Sales Accounting


















Projects

















See Also




13.2.1.8.1 Market Data for Treasury and Risk Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 635:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details





See also


13.2.1.8.2 Debt and Investment Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 636:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also





13.2.1.8.3 Market Data Feed from SAP Cloud Platform

Use


Technical Details

Table 637:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details




See also





13.2.1.8.4 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services

Use



Technical Details

Table 638:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1IL




Additional Details




See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1IL_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm

13.2.1.8.5 Direct Debit

Use


Technical Details

Table 639:





Additional Details




See also





13.2.1.8.6 Advanced Cash Operations

Use



Technical Details

Table 640:





Additional Details




See also




13.2.1.8.7 Basic Cash Operations

Use



management account

Technical Details

Table 641:





Additional Details




See also





13.2.1.8.8 Interest Rate Derivatives Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 642:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also




13.2.1.8.9 Accounts Receivable

Use




Technical Details

Table 643:








Additional Details






See also


13.2.1.8.10 Invoice Processing by OpenText

Use



Technical Details

Table 644:





Additional Details






See also


13.2.1.8.11 Advanced Credit Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 645:








Additional Details







See also


13.2.1.8.12 Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Project-Based Services - PL

Use



Technical Details

Table 646:





Additional Details






See also


13.2.1.8.13 Accounting and Financial Close

Use



Technical Details

Table 647:







● Assign Document Classes to Document Types (New)● Assign Number Group to Company Code (New)● Create Receipt Lots and Assign to Business Places (New)● Define Account for Returned Bills of Exchange (New)● Define Amount Limit (New)● Define Available Amounts (New)● Define Bank Subaccounts (New)● Define Sequence for Sorting Line Items by G/L Account Number (New)● Enter Bank Assignment (New)● Group Tax Balances (New)● Group Tax Base Balances (New)




● Maintain Business Transactions (New)● Maintain Document Classes (New)● Maintain Number Groups (New)● Maintain Settings for Clearing Documents Without Line Items (New)● Make Global Settings for Electronic Bank Statement (New)● Map Tax Code (New)● Set Up Cash Journal (New)● Setting Up Your Compliance Reporting (New)● Use Non-Leading Ledger for Offsetting Account Determination (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)

Additional Details




See also


13.2.1.8.14 Interest Rate Derivatives Management

Use




Technical Details

Table 648:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


13.2.1.8.15 Foreign Currency Risk Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 649:





Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also


13.2.1.8.16 Integration with SAP Hybris Service Engagement Center

Use


Technical Details

Table 650:


Scope Item is New





See also


13.2.1.8.17 Financial Consolidation with SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use


● Additional reports: Cash Flow, Statement of Change in Equity● Intercompany reconciliation report● Extended group chart of account mapping management using the Manage G/L Accounts SAP Fiori application● Additional reports such as Statement of Income, Statement of Change in Equity, Cash Flow

Technical Details

Table 651:







● Activation of SAP Digital Payments Add-on (New)● Assign Consolidation Cycle to Version (New)● Central Finance Subsidiary - General Settings (New)




● Define Consolidation Cycle (New)● Define Subitem Categories and Subitems (New)● Define Versions (New)● Edit Item Hierarchies of Consolidation Chart of Accounts (New)● Specify Selected Items for Posting (New)

See also


13.2.1.8.18 Foreign Currency Risk Management

Use


Technical Details

Table 652:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details





See also



Use



Technical Details

Table 653:





Additional Details




See also






13.2.1.8.20 Accounts Payable

Use




Technical Details

Table 654:








Additional Details





See also


13.2.1.8.21 Debt and Investment Management - Parallel Ledger

Use


Technical Details

Table 655:


Scope Item is New



Additional Details



See also






13.2.1.8.22 Machine Learning - SAP Cash Application Integration

Use


Technical Details

Table 656:








See also




13.2.1.8.23 Basic Bank Account Management

Use





Technical Details

Table 657:










Additional Details




See also


13.2.1.8.24 Subsidiary Integration of SAP S/4HANA Cloud to Central Finance

Use


Technical Details

Table 658:


Scope Item is New








See also




13.2.2 Human Resources

13.2.2.1 Core HR and Payroll

13.2.2.2 Time and Attendance Management

13.2.2.2.1 Team Utilization

This feature enables you as line manager to use this app to view the average utilization of your team. It also gives you an overview of the team’s utilization and allows you to take actions on resources who are not utilized completely. You as line manager can further edit the timesheet of employee using this app.




Technical Details

Table 659:






See Also

For more information about Team Utilization, seehttp://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance > Generic Information > Search > Starting Apps from the Search Results > Object Page Apps > Apps for Human Resources.

13.2.2.2.2 Timesheet on Behalf

With this feature, you as a project manager or line manager can record time on behalf of an employee (internal employee or contingent worker).

Technical Details

Table 660:





See Also

For more information about Notify Missing Time or Team Utilization, see http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 > Product Assistance > Cloud editions > SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud > Human Resources > Time and Attendance Management.




13.2.2.2.3 Manage My Timesheet




Technical Details

Table 661:






See Also






13.2.2.3.1 Business Event Handling

Use


Technical Details

Table 662:


Scope Item is New



See also


13.2.2.3.2 Time Recording - Project-Based Services

Use


● Team utilization for the Line Manager role● Flexible time slots to support additional time entries● Time Sheet on behalf of surrogate timesheets



Technical Details

Table 663:








Additional Details




See also







13.2.3 Professional Services

13.2.3.1 Customer Project Management

13.2.3.2 Resource Management

13.2.3.2.1 Business Catalogs for Resource Management Apps

Two new business catalogs are available for SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management. Business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC must be assigned to all users of the resource management apps. Business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_INTEG_PSP_PC must be assigned to key users who are allowed to run the Transfer of Staffing Assignments application job.

The new catalogs are included in the delivered business role template SAP_BR_RESOURCE_MANAGER.

Technical Details

Table 664:







The SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC business catalog replaces the SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MANAG_PS_PC business catalog.


Please reassign your roles and users to the new SAP_CA_BC_RSH_RES_MNG_PSP_PC business catalog. To do so, use the Business Catalogs app.

See also


Related Information


13.2.3.2.2 Transfer of Staffing Assignments

A new tile is provided in the SAP Fiori launchpad. As a key user, you use this tile to set up an application job for transferring staffing assignments from customer and internal project management to the resource management apps.

Technical Details

Table 665:







Additional Details

You use the Transfer of Staffing Assignments tile to open the Application Jobs app.

An application job template is provided. Based on this job template, you schedule a job to transfer existing staffing assignments from customer and internal project management to the resource management apps after SAP S/4HANA Professional Services Cloud for resource management has been activated. This transfer is required so that assignments and key figures are shown correctly in the apps.

NoteOnce resource management has been activated, project managers can no longer staff resources using the customer and internal project management apps.

To use the Transfer of Staffing Assignments tile, you need to be assigned business catalog SAP_CA_BC_RSH_INTEG_PSP_PC. This business catalog is included in the delivered business role template SAP_BR_RESOURCE_MANAGER.

See Also


Related Information

Business Catalogs for Resource Management Apps [page 133]

13.2.3.2.3 Assignment Board

As a resource manager, you use the Assignment Board app to show detailed assignment information for resources in a Gantt chart. For example, you can see how assignments are distributed over a specified period of time.


Technical Details

Table 666:






Additional Details

The Assignment Board app is supported for desktop only. You access the app via the Manage Resource Utilization app.

See Also


Related Information

Manage Resource Utilization [page 137]

13.2.3.2.4 Manage Assignments

As a resource manager, you use the Manage Assignments app to create, change, and delete assignments for resources and resource requests.

When creating or changing assignments, you can define a distribution rule for the hours to be assigned. In addition, you can simulate how the assignment creation, change, or deletion would affect key figures, such as resource utilization, staffed hours, and available hours.



Technical Details

Table 667:





Availability SAP S/4HANA 1708

Additional Details

You can access the app via the Manage Resource Utilization app and the Manage Project Staffing app.

See Also


Related Information

Manage Resource Utilization [page 137]Manage Project Staffing [page 139]

13.2.3.2.5 Manage Resource Utilization

The Analyze Resource Utilization app has been renamed to Manage Resource Utilization. As a resource manager, you can now use this app to trigger the creation, change, and deletion of assignments for resources.


Technical Details

Table 668:





Additional Details

The Manage Resource Utilization app provides access to the Manage Assignments app and to the Assignment Board app.


The user interface now includes buttons for creating, changing, and deleting assignments and for navigating to the Assignment Board app.



See Also


Related Information




Manage Assignments [page 136]Assignment Board [page 136]

13.2.3.2.6 Manage Project Staffing

The Analyze Project Staffing app has been renamed to Manage Project Staffing. As a resource manager, you can now use this app to trigger the creation, change, and deletion of assignments for resource requests.

Technical Details

Table 669:





Additional Details

The Manage Project Staffing app provides access to the Manage Assignments app.


The user interface now includes buttons for creating, changing, and deleting assignments.




See Also


Related Information

Transfer of Staffing Assignments [page 134]Manage Assignments [page 136]

13.2.3.2.7 Status Management for Resource Requests

In the resource management apps, two new resource request statuses have been introduced to indicate that a resource request was staffed for fewer hours (Partially Staffed) or for more hours (Overstaffed) than specified in the resource request.

Technical Details

Table 670:







In the Resource Management for Projects app, requests that have the status Partially Staffed or Overstaffed are included in the All Resource Requests card.



See also

For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud at http://help.sap.com/s4hana_ce_1708 Product Assistance . Open the product assistance and go to Professional ServicesResource Management Monitoring Key Figures for Resources and Resource Requests .


13.2.3.3.1 Internal Project Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 671:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1A8





Additional Details




See also


13.2.3.3.2 Customer Project Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 672:







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1A8_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm




Additional Details




See also


13.2.3.3.3 Service and Material Procurement - Project-Based Services

Use


● Enhancement of general limits: Enter service product during service entry



● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 673:







● Activate Flexible Workflow for Purchase Orders (New)● Define Company Code, Plant and Logical System (New)● Define Material Group (New)● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing (New)● Set Project Status Area of Project Brief (New)● Company Code Master Data (Updated)● Plants (Updated)● Sales Offices (Updated)● Sales Organizations (Updated)● Shipping Points (Updated)● Storage Locations (Updated) ● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group

Additional Details






See also


13.2.3.3.4 Resource Management - Project-Based Services

Use


● Gain transparency about resource utilization and the status of resource requests● Discover the most requested project roles● Match available resources and open resource requests based on suitability● Manage changes in resource supply and demand quickly by dynamically creating, changing, and deleting

assignments● Review an up-to-date overview of current resource assignments in a Gantt Chart● Provide optimal resource utilization and efficient project staffing

Technical Details

Table 674:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1KC






Additional Details




See also


13.2.3.3.5 Sales Order Processing - Project-Based Services

Use

This scope item describes the entire process sequence for the sales order maintenance and the billing process within the project-based services scenario.


● Convergent Billing

Technical Details

Table 675:







http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1KC_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm




Additional Details




See also




13.2.4 Sales



13.2.4.1 Order Management

13.2.4.1.1 Billing and Invoicing

13.2.4.1.1.1 External Billing Document Request



Technical Details

Table 676:





Additional Details




See Also



13.2.4.1.1.2 Create Billing Documents






Technical Details

Table 677:








See Also



13.2.4.1.2 Sales Monitoring and Analytics

13.2.4.1.2.1 App Extensibility: Track Sales Orders


Technical Details

Table 678:





See Also








13.2.4.1.3 Term "Accounting Document" Changed to "Journal Entry"


Technical Details

Table 679:







13.2.5 Sourcing and Procurement

13.2.5.1 Sourcing

13.2.5.1.1 App Extensibility: Manage Purchasing Info Records



Technical Details

Table 680:





See Also


13.2.5.2 Contract Management

13.2.5.3 Operational Procurement

13.2.5.3.1 Pricing Configuration for Purchasing

This feature enables you to configure pricing for purchasing.

Technical Details

Table 681:



Application Component MM-PUR (Purchasing)






Additional Details


● Set Calculation Schema - Purchasing● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing

You can find the following apps directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Purchasing:

● Create Condition Tables - Purchasing● Change Condition Tables - Purchasing● Change Access Sequences - Purchasing


To access the apps found directly on the launchpad under Pricing Configuration for Purchasing, use the business catalog SAP_MM_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC, which is assigned to the business role BPC_EXPERT (Configuration Expert - Business Process Configuration).

After successful testing of the settings in the quality system, you can export the adaptation transport organizer (ATO) items as a software collection from the quality system and import them into the production system. For more information, see the product assistance for SAP S/4HANA Cloud on SAP Help Portal at http://help.sap.com/s4hana > <choose release> Product Assistance Generic Information General Functions for the Key UserExtensibility Export Software Collection .



The following is a similar business catalog: Sales - Pricing Configuration (SAP_SD_BC_PRICING_CONFIG_PC).

The following is a related business catalog group: Pricing Configuration for Sales (SAP_SD_BCG_PRICING_CONFIG_PC)



● Set Pricing Condition Types - Purchasing● Set Calculation Schema - Purchasing




See Also


Viewer.

13.2.5.3.2 Manage Workflows for Purchase Orders




Technical Details

Table 682:







See Also








13.2.5.4.1 Supplier Invoice Items by Account Assignment


Technical Details

Table 683:





13.2.5.4.2 Supplier Invoices List




Technical Details

Table 684:






13.2.5.4.3 Manage Supplier Invoices


Technical Details

Table 685:





13.2.5.4.4 Manage Workflows for Supplier Invoices




Technical Details

Table 686:









See Also


13.2.5.4.5 Upload Supplier Invoices



Technical Details

Table 687:








13.2.5.5.1 Consumable Purchasing

Use


● Enhancement of general limits: Enter service product during service entry● Park invoices functionality● Fast overview of all supplier invoices with new supplier invoices list● Find supplier invoice line items based on accounting information● Fixed exchanged rate flag on PO header● Flexible workflow for purchase order

Technical Details

Table 688:

Technical Name of Scope Item BNX






● Plants (Updated)● Enablement of purchasing value key into material group



Additional Details




See also


13.2.5.6 Process Extensibility for Purchasing Documents



Technical Details

Table 689:





See Also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/BNX_S4CLD1708_EN_DE.htm





13.2.6 Integration

13.2.6.1 Master Data Replication


13.2.6.2.1 Mass Maintenance for Business Partner

Use



Technical Details

Table 690:







See also


13.2.6.2.2 Mass Maintenance for Product

Use



Technical Details

Table 691:





See also


13.2.7 Cross Components




13.2.7.1 Product Master

13.2.7.1.1 Create Alternate UoM for Product


Use



Technical Details

Table 692:





See Also





13.2.7.1.2 CoPilot: Product Quick View


Use


Technical Details

Table 693:





See Also


13.2.7.2 Business Partner, Customer, and Supplier

13.2.7.2.1 Payment Hub Integration




Technical Details

Table 694:





See Also


13.2.7.2.2 Compressed Create


Technical Details

Table 695:





13.2.7.2.3 OData for Business Partner





Technical Details

Table 696:


Product Feature is

Country Dependency


Availability

Additional Details





See Also


13.2.7.2.4 Search Terms


Technical Details

Table 697:





13.2.7.3 Mass Maintenance of Master Data


Technical Details

Table 698:






13.2.7.4 Analytics



13.2.7.5 Custom CDS Views


Technical Details

Table 699:







See Also


Extensibility .




13.2.7.6 Custom Analytical Queries

Use


Technical Details

Table 700:






Additional Details




See Also




13.2.7.7 Custom Fields and Logic

Technical Details

Table 701:






Additional Details





None


None



None

See Also


13.2.7.8 Extensibility Inventory


Technical Details

Table 702:






See Also







13.2.7.9 Business Role Templates


Technical Details

Table 703:





See Also



13.2.7.10 SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting

13.2.7.10.1 Run Advanced Compliance Reports





Technical Details

Table 704:





Additional Details


● Flexible Reporting LevelsSAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allows you to submit tax reports at different reporting levels via the use of organizational units. The reporting levels currently supported in advanced compliance reporting, for both classic and enhanced modes, are - company code, business place, jurisdiction code, and section code. This feature allows you to use the Run Advanced Compliance Reports app to submit reports for countries that require reporting at these additional levels. For example, Canada tax authorities require tax reporting at company code and tax jurisdiction levels. You can set values for the reporting levels while configuring the reporting entity. The assigned values get defaulted when you run the reports. You can assign the organizational units to the report categories in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app.







original value.



○ At any point go back to the original version of the document, by choosing the Reset option.


See Also


13.2.7.10.2 Define Advanced Compliance Reports


Technical Details

Table 705:





Additional Details



● Reference Report DefinitionsReference report definitions in SAP S/4HANA Cloud for advanced compliance reporting allow you to extend an existing report definition, both SAP standard as well as the ones created in your namespace. You can extend a report definition by assigning a reference report definition to it. Extending a report definition allows you to


reuse and modify the existing report definitions based on your own requirements, and also consistently get the out-of-the-box changes delivered by SAP.When you create a new report definition, you can choose to create a report with reference. The new report definition inherits the properties, parameters, queries, document definitions, correspondence definitions, events, and so on of the reference report definition. The inheritance status for each of the inherited attributes can be Inherited, Redefined, Not Inheritable, or New.○ Inherited: Indicates that the attribute has been inherited as is from the reference report definition. Any






● Enable Data Preview ModeYou can configure your output documents to be viewed in a user-friendly and consistent format by using the Visualization Mode option. You can enable the data preview mode by setting the Visualization Mode as Read-Only in the Define Advanced Compliance Reports app. You can enter labels for elements and attributes while performing the mapping for a report definition. The labels appear in the data preview mode in the Run Advanced Compliance Reports. Note that you can currently provide labels only in English.


See Also





13.2.7.11.1 Output Management

Use



Technical Details

Table 706:





See also


13.2.7.11.2 Key User Extensibility

Use


● Add custom field to Web GUI for HTML● Translate custom field into another language● Code list● Create code list for reuse in business object



● Assign custom code list to custom business object● Add custom node list to custom business object● Add and enable Core Data Services (CDS) view for use in custom analytic query● Create custom query with custom CDS view as a data view● Transport custom extensions to a production system

Technical Details

Table 707:





See also


13.2.7.11.3 Integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud

Use

The integration with SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud allows the automatic process of bills originating from SAP Hybris Revenue Cloud sent to SAP S/4HANA SD Billing as an external billing document request (EBDR).

Technical Details

Table 708:

Technical Name of Scope Item 2AP

Scope Item is New






See also


13.2.7.11.4 Side-by-Side Extensibility for SAP S/4HANA Cloud

Use



Technical Details

Table 709:





See also



http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/2AP_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm


13.2.7.11.5 Integration between SAP S/4HANA Cloud and SAP BusinessObjects Cloud

Use


Technical Details

Table 710:


Scope Item is New



See also


13.2.7.11.6 Responsibility Determination

Use

This scope item covers the process of determining the correct contact for various contexts to address tasks and activities along the working structure defined via Tasks, Activities, Workplaces, Location, Production Lines or other Enterprise Structure types.




Technical Details

Table 711:

Technical Name of Scope Item 1NJ

Scope Item is New





● Define Function Profiles (New)● Define Functions (New)● Define Team Categories (New)● Define Team Types (New)

See also


13.2.7.11.7 Data Migration to SAP S/4HANA from File

Use




http://help.sap.com/disclaimer?site=https://support.sap.com/content/dam/SAAP/Sol_Pack/Library/FactSheets/1NJ_S4CLD1708_EN_XX.htm

Technical Details

Table 712:





See also




13.2.8 Country Specifics

13.2.8.1 China

13.2.8.1.1 Finance

13.2.8.1.1.1 Configuration for Cash Flow Statements







Technical Details

Table 713:





See Also


13.2.8.1.1.2 Configuration for Official Document Numbering









Technical Details

Table 714:





See Also


13.2.8.2 Hungary

13.2.8.2.1 Finance

13.2.8.2.1.1 Configuration for Domestic Sales and Purchases List




Technical Details

Table 715:





Additional Details


See Also


13.2.8.2.1.2 Calculate Exchange Rate for Cash Journal


Technical Details

Table 716:







See Also


13.2.8.2.1.3 Display Historical Data of Exchange Rates


Technical Details

Table 717:






See Also


13.2.8.3 Ireland







13.2.8.3.1 Finance


Technical Details

Table 718:






13.2.8.3.1.2 VAT Return

Technical Details

Table 719:







13.2.8.3.1.3 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Ireland



Technical Details

Table 720:








See Also


13.2.8.4 Italy



13.2.8.4.1 Finance

13.2.8.4.1.1 Print Self Invoices


Technical Details

Table 721:





See Also






Technical Details

Table 722:





See Also












Technical Details

Table 723:





13.2.8.4.1.4 Extended BoE List - Italy


Technical Details

Table 724:





13.2.8.5 Japan

13.2.8.5.1 Finance

13.2.8.5.1.1 Manage Journal Entries - Japan

With this feature, you can analyze your journal entries and create reversals in order to make adjustments. Filtering and selection criteria enable you to quickly find journal entries. The information provided includes the G/L


accounts posted, other account assignment objects, and any sales or purchase taxes. You can create new journal entries based on other journal entries. You can enter notes or add attachments to explain the posting. Information is shown on any related documents. Amounts can be displayed in different currencies, such as local currency or transaction currency. You can also split accounting data if an invoice in foreign currency is to be split into more than one but no more than three accounting line items.

Technical Details

Table 725:





See Also


13.2.8.5.1.2 Update Electronic BoE with EMC Number - Japan


Technical Details

Table 726:















Technical Details

Table 727:





13.2.8.5.1.4 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Japan



Technical Details

Table 728:





13.2.8.5.1.5 Extended BoE List - Japan


Technical Details

Table 729:





13.2.8.5.1.6 Withholding Tax using Blue Return (Invoice - Based)


Technical Details

Table 730:







13.2.8.6 Netherlands

13.2.8.6.1 Finance



Technical Details

Table 731:





See Also



13.2.8.7 New Zealand

13.2.8.7.1 Finance

13.2.8.7.1.1 New Payment Format Available


Technical Details

Table 732:





See Also


13.2.8.8 Spain



13.2.8.8.1 Finance

13.2.8.8.1.1 Form 340: Informative VAT Return of Operations


Technical Details

Table 733:





See Also






Technical Details

Table 734:





See Also












Technical Details

Table 735:





13.2.8.8.1.4 Returned Bills of Exchange Payable - Spain


Technical Details

Table 736:





13.2.8.8.1.5 Extended BoE List - Spain


Technical Details

Table 737:






13.2.8.9 Sweden

13.2.8.9.1 Finance


Technical Details

Table 738:






13.2.8.9.1.2 Payment Formats and Bank Statements for Sweden


● SE_CGI_XML_CT (payment format)● SE_A_AUTOGIRO (payment format)



● SE_BANKGIRO (payment format)● SE_MT101 (payment format)● CAMT.053 (bank statement)● MT940 (bank statement)

Technical Details

Table 739:








See Also


13.2.8.10 Taiwan

13.2.8.10.1 Finance


13.2.8.10.1.1 Reversed/Cancelled Documents in DMEE File in VAT Declaration


Technical Details

Table 740:





13.2.8.11 United Kingdom

13.2.8.11.1 Finance



Technical Details

Table 741:




What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 … · What's New PUBLIC Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-08-07...

Documents

Transcript of What's New in SAP S/4HANA Cloud 1708 … · What's New PUBLIC Document Version: 1.0 – 2017-08-07...